HomeMy WebLinkAbout1993 James Wood High School Tennis Courts1
1
I
L
Mills, Oliver & Webb, Inc.
200 Country Club Drive, Plaza One, Building E, Blacksburg, VA 24060
Tel: (703) 552-2151 FAX: (703) 951-0219
1
1
i
i
JAMES WOOD HIGH SCHOOL
'
RIDGE CAMPUS TENNIS COURTS
FREDERICK COUNTY, VIRGINIA
i
i
iMILLS,
OLIVER & WEBB, INC.
ARCHITECTS - ENGINEERS
BLACKSBURG, VIRGINIA
iAPRIL
23, 1993
iSET
NO.
00001-1
APRIL 23, 1993
PROJECT MANUAL
JAMES WOOD HIGH SCHOOL
RIDGE CAMPUS TENNIS COURTS
MILLS, OLIVER & WEBB, INC.
ARCHITECTS /ENGINEERS
200 COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE
BLACKSBURG, VIRGINIA 24060
COMMISSION NO. 9154.1
TABLE OF CONTENTS - 00003
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
' 00004 - DRAWING INDEX
00020 - INVITATION TO BID
00100 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00300 - FORM OF PROPOSAL
00500 - AGREEMENT (A 101, AIA)
00610 - PERFORMANCE BOND (A311, AIA)
00620 - LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND (A311, AIA)
00630 - BID BOND (A310, AIA)
' 00650 - CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE (G705, AIA)
00700 - GENERAL CONDITIONS (A201, AIA)
00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
00900 - ADDENDA
SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01010 - SUMMARY OF THE WORK
01020 - ALLOWANCES
01027 - APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS
01300 - SUBMITTALS
01400 - QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES
01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
02200 - EARTHWORK
02270 - EROSION CONTROL
02512 - ATHLETIC ASPHALT PAVING
02513 - ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING
02520 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING
02831 - CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
02860 - PLAYFIELD EQUIPMENT
02900 - LAWNS AND PLANTING
' DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
NOT REQUIRED
1
00003-1 9154.1
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
NOT REQUIRED
DIVISION 5 - METALS
05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS
DIVISION 6 - 15
NOT REQUIRED.
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16010 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
16050 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
16301 - UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WORK
16425 - PANELBOARDS
16500 - LIGHTING
00003-2 9154.1
DRAWING INDEX - 00004
SHEET
NO. TITLE
Ti TITLE SHEET
Cl SITE PLAN - TENNIS COURTS
C2 SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN, SCHEDULES AND DETAILS
00004-1 9154.1
INVITATION TO BID - 00020
' Mills, Oliver & Webb, Inc. James Wood High School
Architects and Engineers Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
200 Country Club Drive Frederick County, Virginia
Plaza 1, Building E
Blacksburg, Virginia 24060
(703) 552-2151
1. You are invited to bid on a general contract for eight lighted tennis courts and associated
work for James Wood High School, Ridge Campus, Frederick County, Virginia. All bids to
be on a lump sum basis.
2. Bids shall be received until 2:00 P.M. local prevailing time on May 13, 1993, in the
board room of the Frederick County School Board, 1415 Amherst Street, P. O. Box 3508,
Winchester, Virginia 22601,
at which time they will be opened publicly and read aloud. Bids
received after this time will not be accepted. All interested parties are invited to attend.
3. Drawings and specifications may be examined at the Office of the Architect/Engineer, the
Frederick County School Board, and at the following locations:
Dodge Plan Room
Dodge Plan Room The Plan Room
1301 York Rd.
2840 Electric Road 308 Turner Road, Suite D
Suite 103
Roanoke, VA 24018 Richmond, VA 23235
Heaver Plaza Bldg.
Lutherville, MD 21093
t2720
Dodge Plan Room
Enterprise Pkwy.
Builders' Exchange Valley Const. News
3207 Hermitage Rd. 428 W. Campbell Ave.
West Broad Pk.
Richmond, VA 23227 Roanoke, VA 24016
Richmond, VA 23229
Dodge Plan Room
Dodge Plan Room Valley Const. News
7833 Walker Drive
Suite 430
Park Place One 904C High Street
7926 Jones Branch Dr. Harrisonburg, VA 22801
Greenbelt, MD 20770
Suite 850
McLean, VA 22102
Valley Construction News
10754 Ambassador Drive
Suite 201
Manassas, VA 22110
00020-1 9154.1
1
1�
4. Copies of the above documents may be obtained at the office of Mills, Oliver & Webb,
Inc., 200 Country Club Drive, Plaza 1, Building E, Blacksburg, Virginia 24060, in accordance
with the Instructions to Bidders. Application requesting drawings and specifications, together
with payment of $20.00 per set, should be sent to the Architect/Engineer. All deposits shall be
forfeited.
5. Bids shall be accompanied by a bid guarantee of not less than 5 % of the amount of the
bid, which may be a certified check or cashier's check, or a bid bond of 5 % of the amount of
the bid, made payable to the Frederick County School Board. A performance bond and material
and labor bond will be required and the cost shall be included in the bid price.
6. Bidders are required under Title 54, Chapter 7, Code of Virginia, to show evidence of
certificate of registration before bid may be received and considered on a general or subcontract
of $30,000 or more. All non-resident contractors and subcontractors bidding the work described
herein shall register with the Department of Labor and Industry under the provisions of Section
40-24.1 of the Code of Virginia.
7. The Owner reserves the right to waive irregularities and to reject any or all bids.
a. A pre -bid conference will be held at the main office of the James Wood High School,
Ridge Campus, Frederick County, Virginia, on May 6, 1993 at 10:00 A.M., to answer questions
and to explain any items requiring further clarification.
8. Bids shall be binding for a period of thirty (30) days from the date on which bids are
opened.
Frederick County School Board
R. Thomas Malcolm
Division Superintendent
00020-2 9154.1
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS - 00100
Mills, Oliver & Webb, Inc.
Architects and Engineers
200 Country Club Drive
Plaza 1, Building E
Blacksburg, Virginia 24060
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
ITo be considered, bids must be made in accordance with these Instructions to Bidders.
IA. Documents
1. Prime contractors and all other subcontractors and material suppliers may obtain
drawings and specifications from the Architect/Engineer upon deposit of $20.00 per set. All
deposits shall be forfeited.
B. Examination
1. Bidders shall carefully examine the documents and the construction site to obtain first-
hand knowledge of existing conditions. Contractors will not be given extra payments for
conditions which can be determined by examining the site and documents.
C. Questions
1. Submit all questions about the drawings and specifications to the Architect/Engineer
in writing to 200 Country Club Drive, Plaza 1, Building E, Blacksburg, Virginia 24060.
Replies will be issued to all prime contractors, and others who have documents, as addenda to
the drawings and specifications and will become part of the contract. The Architect/Engineer
and Owner will not be responsible for oral clarification. Questions received less than four (4)
days before the bid opening cannot be answered by addenda. The Architect/Engineer will mail
or deliver addenda to all parties, but will not be held responsible for addenda not received.
D. Substitutions
1. Whenever in these specifications, or in the accompanying drawings, one or more
certain materials, trade names, manufacturer's or catalog numbers are mentioned, the same is
done merely for establishing a standard basis of quality, durability, and efficiency and not for
the purpose of limiting competition. Other makes may be accepted if, in the opinion of the
Architect/Engineer, they are equal in quality, durability and efficiency to those specified and are
of a design in harmony with the work as outlined, and the Architect/Engineer gives the
Contractor written approval of the change before the articles are ordered. The Contractor shall
submit all substitution requests in writing. Such requests shall be accompanied by complete
manufacturer's literature, specifications, and cuts covering the proposed substitute materials and
the manufacturer's recommended method of installation. Upon the request of the
00100-1 9154.1
Architect/Engineer, the Contractor shall promptly submit such additional information, including
samples, as may be required by the Architect/Engineer to fully evaluate their properties. It shall
be understood that the burden of proof for an or equal material shall be on the Contractor.
E. Basis of Bid
1. The bidder must include the base bid, all additive or subtractive bid items, all unit
bid items and all other items shown on the bid forms; failure to comply may be cause for
rejection.
F. Preparation of Bids
1. Bids shall be made on unaltered bid forms furnished by the Architect/Engineer. Fill
in all blank spaces. Bids shall be signed with name typed below signature. Where bidder is a
corporation, bids must be signed with the legal name of the corporation, followed by the name
of the state of incorporation and the legal signature of an officer authorized to bind the
corporation to a contract.
2. No bids shall be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) days after the scheduled bid
opening time.
G. Bid Security
1. Bid security shall be made payable to the Frederick County School Board in the
amount of 5 % of the bid sum. Security shall be either certified check or bid bond issued by a
surety licensed to conduct business in the State of Virginia. The successful bidder's security will
be retained until he has signed the contract and furnished the required performance and payment
bonds. The owner reserves the right to retain the security of the next two lowest bidders until
the lowest bidder enters into contract or until thirty (30) days after the bid opening, whichever
is shorter. All other bid securities will be returned as soon as practicable. If any bidder refuses
to enter in a contract, the Owner will retain his bid security as liquidated damages, but not as
a penalty.
H. Performance and Labor Material Bonds
1. Each bidder must accompany his bid with a signed certificate from a surety company
acceptable to the Owner, that such surety company will provide the bidder, if awarded the
contract, with a proper performance and payment bond, covering up to the full amount of the
contract price as security for the faithful performance of all work under the contract and
payment of all charges in connection therewith. Cost of said bond to be included in base bid.
The failure of the bidder to whom the award is made to execute the agreement and supply the
required bonds within fifteen (15) days after award of contract or within such extended period
as the Owner may grant, shall constitute a default and the Owner may award the next lowest
bidder in succession and charge against the defaulting bidder the difference up to the total
amount of the bidder's bid security.
00100-2 9154.1
I. Submittal
1. Submit bid in a sealed opaque envelope. Identify the envelope with: A) Project
Name; B) Name of Bidder; C) Registered Virginia Contractor Number; D) Bid Date. If bids
are forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the bid must be enclosed in another
envelope addressed as specified in the Form of Proposal.
IJ. Modification and Withdrawals
1. Modification of bids already submitted will be considered if delivered prior to the
time fixed for opening of bids. Written modifications may be delivered by mail or by the bidder
personally or his properly identified representative or messenger. Telegraphic modifications will
be allowed if the Owner is satisfied that a written confirmation of the modifications over the
signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the closing time and subsequently received by the
Owner within two days after the closing time. Telephonic modifications will not be considered.
Modifications shall not reveal the original or revised bid.
1 K. State Sales Tax
1. Bidders should be aware of the sales tax as applicable to the State of Virginia.
L. Opening
1. Bids will be opened as called for in the Invitation to Bid.
M. Award
1. The contract will be awarded to the lowest bidder complying with the conditions of
the Form of Proposal. The lowest bid does not necessarily refer to the lowest base bid, but the
lowest total bid comprising the base bid plus or minus any/or all of the bid items, and not
necessarily in the order in which they appear in the Form of Proposal.
N. Execution of Contract
1. The Owner reserves the right to accept any bid and to reject any and all bids, and to
waive any irregularities or informality in bids received whenever such waiver or rejection is in
his own best interest.
2. Each bidder shall be prepared, upon written notice of bid acceptance, to commence
work within fifteen (15) days following receipt of official written order from the Owner to
proceed, or on date stipulated in such order.
3. The accepted bidder shall assist and cooperate with the Owner in preparing the
Formal Contract Agreement between Owner and Contractor, Lump Sum, A.I.A. Document
A101, Latest Edition, and within fifteen (15) days following its presentation shall execute same
1 and return it to the Architect/Engineer for distribution to Owner.
' 00100-3 9154.1
O. State of Virginia Requirements
rThe Code of Virginia, Chapter 7, Section 11-51 requires each contract for more than $10,000
to include provisions 1 and 2 below:
1. During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows:
a. The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for
employment because of race, religion, color, sex or national origin, except
where religion, sex or national origin is a bona fide occupational
qualification reasonably necessary to the normal operation of the
Contractor. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places,
available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting
forth the provisions of the nondiscrimination clause.
b. The Contractor, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed
by or on behalf of the Contractor, will state that such Contractor is an
equal opportunity employer.
C. Notices, advertisements and solicitations placed in accordance with federal
law, rule or regulation shall be deemed sufficient for the purpose of
meeting the requirements of this section.
2. The Contractor will include the provisions of the foregoing paragraphs a, b, and c
in every subcontract or purchase order of over $10,000, so that the provisions will be binding
upon each subcontractor or vendor. (1982, C. 647.)
1
1 00100-4 9154.1
FORM OF PROPOSAL - 00300
I
u
U
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
R. Thomas Malcolm
Division Superintendent
Frederick County School Board
1415 Amherst Street
P. O. Box 3508
Winchester, Virginia 22601
Pursuant to an in accordance with your "Invitation to Bid" and "Instructions to Bidders" relating
thereto, the undersigned agrees to furnish all labor and materials and to perform all work
necessary for eight lighted tennis courts and associated work for James Wood High School,
Ridge Campus, Frederick County, Virginia, in accordance with the contract documents
(drawings, specifications, and addenda) as prepared by Mills, Oliver & Webb, Inc., Architects
and Engineers, dated April 23, 1993, for the lump sum price of:
Dollars ($
In submitting this bid, I agree:
1. To hold my bid valid for a period of thirty (30) days.
2. To accept the provisions of the Instructions to Bidders regarding disposition of bid
security.
3. To enter into and execute a contract, if awarded on the basis of this bid, and to furnish
guarantee bonds in accordance with Article 11.4 of the General Conditions of this
contract.
4. To accomplish the work in accordance with the contract documents.
5. That I have examined the contract documents and the site.
1 00300-1 9154.1
I acknowledge receipt of the following addenda:
Number Dated
Number Dated
Number Dated
Number Dated
Registered as a contractor under Title 54, Chapter 7, Code of Virginia Certificate
Number
Name of Firm
Address
By _
Title
00300-2 9154.1
STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR - 00500
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
A. General
1. The "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor", A.I.A. Form A101,
Current Edition, of the American Institute of Architects, is a part of this Project Manual to the same
extent as if bound herein. Copies of this document may be inspected at or received from the office of
the Architect/Engineer upon request.
00500-1 9154.1
PERFORMANCE BOND - 00610
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
A. General
1. The "Performance Bond", A.I.A. Form A311, Current Edition, of the American
Institute of Architects, is a part of this Project Manual to the same extent as if bound herein.
Copies of this document may be inspected at or received from the office of the Architect/
Engineer upon request.
00610-1 9154.1
LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND - 00620
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
A. General
1. The "Labor and Material Payment Bond", A.I.A. Form A311, Current Edition, of
the American Institute of Architects, is a part of these specifications to the same extent as if
bound herein. Copies of this document may be inspected at or received from the office of the
Architect/Engineer upon request.
00620-1 9154.1
BID BOND - 00630
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
A. General
1. The "Bid Bond", A.I.A. Form A310, Current Edition, of the American Institute of
Architects, is a part of this Project Manual to the same extent as if bound herein. Copies of this
document may be inspected at or received from the office of the Architect/Engineer upon
request.
00630-1 9154.1
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE - 00650
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
A. General
1. The "Certificate of Insurance", A.I.A. Form G705, Current Edition, of the American
Institute of Architects, is a part of this Project Manual to the same extent as if bound herein.
Copies of this document may be inspected at or received from the office of the Architect/
Engineer upon request.
00650-1 9154.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 00700
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
A. General
1. The "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", A.I.A. Form A201,
Current Edition, of the American Institute of Architects, is a part of these specifications to the
same extent as if bound herein. Copies of this document may be inspected at or received from
the office of the Architect/Engineer upon request.
00700-1 9154.1
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - 00800
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
01. General Conditions:
The "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", A.I.A. Document A201,
Fourteenth Edition, August 1987, Articles 1-14, inclusive, are a part of the contract and are
incorporated herein.
02. Supplements:
The following supplements modify, change, delete, or add to the General Conditions.
Where any part of the General Conditions are modified or voided by these articles, the unaltered
provisions of that part shall remain in effect.
ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACTOR
3.9 Superintendent
3.9.2 New Subparagraph: "The Contractor's superintendents shall give special attention
to all phases of work nearing completion, and shall remain on the job, in active
control of work, until all phases of the work have been completed, tested,
cleared, and accepted by the Owner or his representative."
3.12 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples:
3.12.12 New Subparagraph: "Shop drawings and samples shall be dated and shall
' contain: name of project, description or names of equipment, materials and
items, and complete identification of locations at which materials or equipment
are to be installed." Cut sheets of materials showing items to be used shall be
submitted.
3.12.13 New Subparagraph: "Unless otherwise specified, the number of shop drawings
and the number of samples which the Contractor shall submit and, if necessary,
resubmit, is the number that the Contractor requires to be retained, plus two
which will be retained by the Architect/Engineer.
ARTICLE 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.2 Change Orders
I 7.2.3 Add: "In subparagraphs 7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.3 and 7.1.4, the allowance for
overhead and profit combined, included in the total cost to the Owner, shall be
based upon the following schedule: for the Contractor, for work performed by
00800-1 9154.1
his own forces, 20% of the cost; for the Contractor, for work not performed by
his own forces, 10% of the cost; for subcontractors, for work performed by his
own forces, 20% of the cost. Cost shall be limited to the following: cost of
materials, including sales tax and cost of delivery, cost of labor, including social
security, old -age and unemployment insurance (labor cost may include a pro rata
share of foreman's time only in case an extension of contract time is granted on
account of the change), workman's compensation insurance, rental value of power
tools and equipment. Overhead shall include the following: bond premiums,
supervision, superintendence, wages of timekeepers, watchmen and clerks, small
tools, incidentals, general office expenses, and all other expenses not included in
"cost". If the net value of a charge results in a credit from the Contractor or
subcontractor, the credit given shall be the net cost plus overhead and profit. The
cost as used herein shall include all items of labor, materials, and equipment."
ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
Application for Payment
New Subparagraph: "Amount payable monthly to be ninety-five percent (95 %)
of amount of work incorporated in building, including materials stored on the site
on the first day of the month; that the Owner at the time after 50 % of the work
has been completed, if he finds that satisfactory progress is being made, may
make any of the remaining progress payments in full. "
ARTICLE 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
Add the following:
"All phases of work under this contract shall conform to the applicable
requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (Public Law 91-956) as
adopted by the U.S. Department of Labor and with the provisions of "Rules and
Regulations Governing Construction, Demolition, and All Excavation", as
adopted by the Safety Codes Commission of the Commonwealth of Virginia, 1966
(Amended 1970) and issued by the Department of Labor and Industry, P. O. Box
1814, Richmond, Virginia 23214. "
ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE
Contractor's Liability Insurance
Delete in its entirety and substitute therefore: "The insurance required by
subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than any limits of liability
required by law or by those set forth below, whichever is greater, and shall
include contractual liability insurance as applicable to the Contractor's obligations
under paragraph 3.18."
11.1.3a
1. The Contractor's comprehensive general liability insurance and automobile
liability shall be in an amount not less than one million dollars
($1,000,000) for injuries, including accidental death, to any one person
and subject to one million dollars ($1,000,000) on account of one
occurrence.
2. Property damage liability insurance shall be in an amount not less than
fifty -thousand dollars ($50,000)."
3. "Liability insurance should include all major divisions of coverage and
shall be on a comprehensive general basis, including:
1. Premises - Operations (Including X-C-U)
2. Owner's and Contractor's Protective
3. Products and Completed Operations
4. Contractual - Including specific provision for the Contractor's
obligations under paragraph 3.18."
New Subparagraph: "Furnish in duplicate certificates herein called for and
specifically set forth evidence of all coverage required by 11.1.1 and 11.1.2 and
the Contractor shall furnish to the Architect/Engineer copies of any endorsement
that is subsequently issued amending coverage or limits. "
00800-3 9154.1
ADDENDA - 00900
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
1
00900-1 9154.1
ADDENDUM NUMBER 1
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
A/E Commission No. 9154.1
IMay 7, 1993
Mills, Oliver & Webb, Inc.
Architects/Engineers
Blacksburg, Virginia
The following additions, deletions, and/or changes shall be incorporated into the drawings and
specifications and shall become a part of the Contract Documents.
SPECIFICATIONS:
1 1. Section 1010 - Summary of The Work
Add the following:
P. ROCK EXCAVATION:
1. Material quantities and/or units of work allowances taken from assumed
rock profiles are listed below and are intended to specify the numbers on
which the contract sum will be figured. These unit prices include all costs
of material, labor, overhead and profit, and disposal of excess.
Adjustments to contract sum will be made by change order. Unit prices
to be used for calculating total adjustments in contract sum shall be, listed
below.
a. General Rock Excavation: $35.00 per cubic yard
b. Trench Rock Excavation: $60.00 per cubic yard
2. Adjustments to Allowance Quantities:
a. Trench rock quantity shall be based upon the widths
stated in the specifications.
' b. Rock excavation shall be defined as hard bed rock, boulders or
similar material requiring the use of rock drills and/or explosives
for removal. The criteria for trench and footing rock shall be that
material which cannot be removed by a 3/4 CY track mounted
backhoe with a proper width bucket. The trench unit price shall
` only apply to material below the general grading level.
James Wood High School -Ridge Campus Tennis Courts Addendum No. 1
Frederick County, Virginia 1 May 7, 1993
C. When the overburden is removed and the rock surface is exposed,
the Architect/Engineer shall verify that the material is of a hardness
which qualifies it for classification as rock excavation. Actual
profiles shall then be taken. The net difference between the actual
rock excavation and that volume theoretically required below the
assumed rock profiles shall be applied times the contract unit price
for adjustment of the final payment.
DRAWINGS:
1. Sheet C1
In the access drive and parking paving section, SM-2AL asphalt surface coat material is
acceptable in lieu of SM-2A asphalt surface coat material.
The height of the chain link fence at the tennis courts is 10'- 0".
Revise conc walk/ramp detail as indicated in SK-1.
James Wood High School - Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia .. 2
Addendum No. 1
May 7, 1993
m m m m m m m m m �
.00
q,001
Lamp
SIGNS
5' RAMP (SLOPE 1: 12 MAX 4' WALK
LANDING
5' RAMP (SLOPE 1: 12 MAX)
.0 0, JA"o STD STEEL PIPE RAIL,
LANDING
5' RAMP (SLOPE 1: 12 MAX)
EXTEND HANDRAIL
12m BEYOND RAMP
(TYP)
CONC WALK AMP 'DETAIL
lm=60.00' v +-
Vz�7 W00P Hkf:44 4�6HQOL, DRAWN 12�
A MILLS, OLIVER & i�BB INC* Twwk�l 6!�20PZ[2�7 COWN0,A IEA�-
h TQ I P�N/16-,W 0-10 vPW-/f0AHr L, I I
ARCHITEC110, ENGINEERS ?k DATE IDtVIRGINIA 10 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
I
1
I
SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF THE WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DEFINITIONS:
1. Whenever the term "Owner" is used in this specification or on the drawings, it
refers to the School Board of Frederick County, Virginia.
2. Whenever the term "Architect/Engineer" is used in this specification, it refers to
the architectural/engineering firm of Mills, Oliver & Webb, Inc., Blacksburg,
Virginia, who by contract with the Owner is authorized to prepare all drawings
and specifications and to administer the construction after award of the contract.
3. Wherever the term "Contractor" or "General Contractor" is used in this
specification, it refers to the contractor who by contract with the Owner is
responsible for furnishing of all labor and materials and performing all work as
described herein.
r4. Wherever the term "existing" is used in this specification or on the drawing it
refers to work that currently exists.
rC. WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT:
1. The work to be done hereunder includes the furnishing of all labor and materials
and performing all work for eight lighted tennis courts and associated work for
James Wood High School, Ridge Campus, for the Frederick County School
Board, Winchester, Virginia as indicated on the contract drawings and as
specified herein.
D. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE:
1. Work may proceed immediately following notice to proceed.
2. All work must be substantially complete by August 1, 1993.
I
1 01010-1 9154.1
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE:
1. Keep existing driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available
to the Owner and public at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or
storage of materials without prior approval from the Owner.
2. Do not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. Confine
stockpiling of materials and location of office, storage sheds, etc., to the areas
agreed upon with the Owner.
3. Lock automotive type vehicles, such as passenger cars and trucks and other
mechanized or motorized construction equipment, when parked and unattended,
so as to prevent unauthorized use.
OWNER OCCUPANCY DURING CONSTRUCTION:
1. The Owner will occupy the site and the existing building during the entire period
of construction. Cooperate fully with the Owner or his representative during
construction in order to minimize interference with the Owner's operations.
2. The Contractor shall provide barriers as required to protect the Owner and public
P �1 P
during construction operations.
BUILDING PERMIT:
1. The Contractor shall obtain required building permit and any other required
permits from Frederick County, Virginia. Electrical contractors shall pay for any
required permits and connection charges, etc.
REGISTRATION AND PAYMENT OF BOND:
1. The attention of the bidder is called to Title 54, Chapter 7, Code of Virginia,
which requires evidence of Certificate of Registration before his bid may be
received on a general or subcontract of $30,000 or more.
2. In accordance with Section 11-58 of the Code of Virginia, each subcontractor or
material supplier shall provide the Prime Contractor, a payment bond for the full
amount of all contracts exceeding $100,000.00.
PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: I
1. After award of the contract, but before start of construction, the Contractor,
Owner, and Architect/Engineer shall meet at the site to discuss procedures to be
followed during construction.
01010-2 9154.1 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION I
� I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
� I
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable)
J
END OF SECTION
I
11
Ll
1 01010-3 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
SECTION 01020 - ALLOWANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. ALLOWANCES:
1. Provide a general contingency cash allowance of $5,000.00.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable)
END OF SECTION
01020-1 9154.1
Ll
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
SECTION 01027 - APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections, apply to
this Section.
B. SUMMARY:
1. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the
Contractor's Applications for Payment.
C. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT:
1. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and
payments as certified by the Architect and paid for by the Owner.
a. The initial Application for Payment, the Application for Payment at the
time of Substantial Completion, and the final Application for Payment
involve additional requirements.
2. Payment Application Times: Each progress payment date is as indicated in the
1 Agreement. The period of construction Work covered by each Application or
Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.
3. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 as the form for
Application for Payment.
4. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on the form, including
notarization and execution by person authorized to sign legal documents.
Incomplete applications will be returned without action.
a. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives
issued prior to the last day of the construction period covered by the
Application.
1 5. Transmittal: Submit 4 executed copies of each Application for Payment to the
Architect by means ensuring receipt within 24 hours; one copy shall be complete,
including waivers of lien and similar attachments, when required.
r-
1 01027-1 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
6. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must
precede or coincide with submittal of the first Application for Payment include
the following:
7
a. Copies of building permits.
b. Copies of authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for
performance of the Work.
C. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
d. Performance and payment bonds.
e. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.
Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance of the
Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment; this
application shall reflect any Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
a. Administrative actions and submittals that shall proceed or coincide with
this application include:
(1) Test/adjust/balance records.
(2) Application for reduction of retainage, and consent of surety.
(3) Advice on shifting insurance coverages.
Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals which must
precede or coincide with submittal of the final payment Application for Payment
include the following:
a. Completion of Project closeout requirements.
b. Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion.
C. Assurance that unsettled claims will be settled.
d. Assurance that Work not complete and accepted will be completed without
undue delay.
e. Transmittal of requirement Project construction records to Owner.
f. Proof that taxes, fees and similar obligations have been paid.
01027-2 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
g. Removal of temporary facilities and services.
h. Removal of surplus materials, rubbish and similar elements.
9. Waivers of Mechanics Liens: With Final Application for Payment, submit
waivers of mechanics lien from every entity who may lawfully be entitled to file
a mechanics lien arising out of the Contract, and related to the Work covered by
the payment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable)
END OF SECTION
01027-3
9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
B. SUMMARY:
1. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project
meetings including but not limited to:
a. Pre -Construction Conference.
b. Progress Meetings.
C. PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE:
1. Schedule a Pre -construction Conference and organizational meeting at the Project
site no later than 7 days after execution of the Agreement and prior to
commencement of construction activities. Conduct the meeting to review
responsibilities and personnel assignments.
2. Attendees: The Owner, Architect/Engineer, the Contractor and its
superintendent, major subcontractors, represented at the conference by persons
familiar with and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress including such
topics as:
a. Tentative construction schedule.
b. Designation of responsible personnel.
C. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
d. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
e. Preparation of record documents.
f. Use of the premises.
I
1 01200-1 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION I
g. Safety procedures.
h. Working hours.
D. PROGRESS MEETINGS:
1. Conduct progress meetings at the Project site at regularly scheduled intervals.
Notify the Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates. Coordinate dates of
meetings with preparation of the payment request.
2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of the Owner and Architect, each
subcontractor, supplier or other entity concerned with current progress or
involved in planning, coordination or performance of future activities may be
represented at these meetings by persons familiar with the Project and authorized
to conclude matters relating to progress.
3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress
meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include
topics for discussion as appropriate to the current status of the Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last
meeting. Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's
Construction Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule.
Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure
commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule
revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will
be completed within the Contract Time.
4. Reporting: No later than 3 days after each progress meeting date, distribute
copies of minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties who
should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of
progress since the previous meeting and report.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise the construction schedule after each progress
meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized.
Issue the revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable)
END OF SECTION
I
1
77
F]
1
01200-2 9154.1 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this
section.
B. SUMMARY:
1. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for submittals
required for performance of the Work, including:
a. Contractor's construction schedule.
b. Submittal schedule.
C. Daily construction reports.
d. Shop drawings.
e. Product data.
f. Samples.
2. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other Contract
Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals
include, but are not limited to:
a. Permits.
b. Applications for payment.
C. Performance and payment bonds.
d. Insurance certificates.
e. List of subcontractors.
3. The Schedule of Values submittal is included in Section "Applications for
Payment."
4. Inspection and test reports are included in Section "Quality Control Services."
01300-1 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
I
DIVISION I
C. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
1. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with
performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in
advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay.
a. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery,
other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity.
b. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements
of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review
submittals concurrently for coordination.
(1) The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal
requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals
are received.
C. Processing: Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be
delayed as a result of the time required to process submittals, including
time for resubmittals.
(1) Allow two weeks for initial review. Allow additional time if
processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent
submittals. The Architect will promptly advise the Contractor
when a submittal being processed must be delayed for
coordination.
(2) If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the
initial submittal.
(3) Allow two weeks for reprocessing each submittal.
(4) No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of
failure to transmit submittals to the Architect sufficiently in
advance of the Work to permit processing.
(5) Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on
each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity
that prepared each submittal on the label or title block.
(a) Provide a space approximately 4" x 5" on the label or
beside the title block on Shop Drawings to record the
Contractor's review and approval markings and the action
taken.
n
[-I
J
fl
01300-2 9154.1 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 1
(b) Include the following information on the label for
processing and recording action taken.
Project name.
Date.
Name and address of Architect.
Name and address of Contractor.
Name and address of Subcontractor.
Name and address of supplier.
Name of manufacturer.
Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
(6) Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for
transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor
to Architect using a transmittal form. Submittals received from
sources other than the Contractor will be returned without action.
(a) On the transmittal record relevant information and requests
for data. On the form, or separate sheet, record deviations
from Contract Document requirements, including minor
variations and limitations. Include Contractor's
certification that information complies with Contract
Document requirements.
D. DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS:
1. Prepare a daily construction report, recording the following information
concerning events at the site; and submit duplicate copies to the Architect at
weekly intervals.
a. List of subcontractors at the site.
b. Approximate count of personnel at the site.
C. High and low temperatures, general weather conditions.
d. Accidents and unusual events.
e. Meetings and significant decisions.
f. Stoppages, delays, shortages, losses.
g. Emergency procedures.
01300-3
9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 1
E.
h. Orders and request of governing authorities.
i. Change orders received, implemented.
j. Services connected, disconnected.
k. Equipment or system tests and start-ups.
1. Partial completions, occupancies.
in. Substantial completions authorized.
SHOP DRAWINGS:
1. Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. Highlight, encircle,
or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce
Contract Drawings or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings.
Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not
considered Shop Drawings.
2. Shop drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams,
schedules, patterns, templates and similar drawings. Include the following
information.
Dimensions.
Identification of products and materials included.
Compliance with specified standards.
Notation of coordination requirements.
Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
a. Submittal: Submit six copies of all items. Two copies will be retained
by Architect; four will be returned to the Contractor.
b. Do not use shop drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating
action taken in connection with construction.
3. Coordination drawings are a special type of shop drawing that show the
relationship and integration of different construction elements that require careful
coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in the space provided or
function as intended.
a. Preparation of coordination drawings is specified in section "Project
Coordination" and may include components previously shown in detail on
shop drawings or product data.
[I
t
01300-4
9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
b. Submit coordination drawings for integration of different construction
elements. Show sequences and relationships of separate components to
avoid conflicts in use of space.
' F. PRODUCT DATA:
1. Collect product data into a single submittal for each element of construction or
' system. Product data includes printed information such as manufacturer's
installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing -in diagrams
and templates, standard wiring diagrams and performance curves. Where product
I
data must be specifically prepared because standard printed data is not suitable for
use, submit as "Shop Drawings".
a. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed
product data includes information on several products, some of which are
not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include
the following information:
Manufacturer's printed recommendations.
Compliance with recognized trade association standards.
Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
Application of testing agency labels and seals.
Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.
Notation of coordination requirements.
' b. Do not submit product data until compliance with requirements of the
Contract Documents has been confirmed.
2. Submittals: Submit 6 copies of each required submittal; submit 4 copies where
required for maintenance manuals. The Architect will retain two and will return
the other marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required.
a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the
submittal may serve as the final submittal.
3. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors,
suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of
construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
a. Do not proceed with installation until an applicable copy of product data
is in the installer's possession.
b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of product data in connection with
construction.
01300-5 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 1 I
G. SAMPLES:
1. Submit full-size, fully fabricated samples cured and finished as specified and
physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include
partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of
materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture and pattern.
a. Mount, display, or package samples in the manner specified to facilitate
review of qualities indicated. Prepare samples to match Architect's
sample. Include the following:
Generic description of the sample.
Sample source.
Product name or name of manufacturer.
Compliance with recognized standards.
Availability and delivery time.
2. Submit samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for a final check
of these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these
characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered
and installed.
is
Ll
a. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that
illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly,
connections, operation and similar construction characteristics.
3. Preliminary Submittals: Where samples are for selection of color, pattern, '
texture or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices, submit a full
set of choices for the material or product.
a. Preliminary submittals will be reviewed and returned with the Architect's
action indicated. f
4. Maintain sets of samples, as returned, at the Project site, for quality comparisons
throughout the course of construction.
a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the
submittal may serve as the final submittal.
b. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction
associated with each set.
5. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors,
manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and others as required for
performance of the Work. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
01300-6 9154.1 '
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 1
a. Field samples specified in individual Sections are special types of samples.
Field samples are full-size examples erected on site to illustrate finishes,
coatings, or finish materials and to establish the standard by which the
Work will be judged.
(1) Comply with submittal requirements to the fullest extent possible.
Process transmittal forms to provide a record of activity.
H. ARCHITECT'S ACTION:
1. Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes, where action
and return is required or requested, the Architect will review each submittal,
mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly.
2. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility.
3. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self-
explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked to indicate the
action taken.
a. Do not permit submittals marked "Not Approved, Revise and Resubmit"
to be used at the Project site, or elsewhere where Work is in progress.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable)
END OF SECTION
01300-7 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES
1 PARTI. -GENERAL
'
A. CONDITIONS:
1.
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. SUMMARY:
1.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for quality
control services.
2.
Quality control services include inspections and tests and related actions including
reports, performed by independent agencies, governing authorities, and the
Contractor. They do not include Contract enforcement activities performed by
the Architect.
'
3.
Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor
of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements.
4.
Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation
procedures, not production of standard products.
a. Specific quality control requirements for individual construction activities
are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Those
requirements, including inspections and tests, cover production of standard
'
products as well as customized fabrication and installation procedures.
b. Inspections, test and related actions specified are not intended to limit the
Contractor's quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with
Contract Document requirements.
C. Requirements for the Contractor to provide quality control services
required by the Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are
not limited by provisions of this Section.
C. RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Contractor Responsibilities: The Contractor shall provide inspections, tests and
similar quality control services, specified in individual Specification Sections and
required by governing authorities, except where they are specifically indicated to
1 01400-1 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
be the Owner's responsibility, or are provided by another identified entity; these
services include those specified to be performed by an independent agency and
not by the Contractor. Costs for these services shall be included in the Contract
Sum.
a. The Contractor shall employ and pay an independent agency, to perform i
specified quality control services.
b. The Owner will engage and pay for the services of an independent agency ,
to perform inspections and tests specified as the Owner's responsibility.
2. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of required
inspections, tests or similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate
compliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the
original test was the Contractor's responsibility.
a. Cost of retesting construction revised or replaced by the Contractor is the
Contractor's responsibility, where required tests were performed on
original construction.
,
3. Associated Services: The Contractor shall cooperate with agencies performing
required inspections, tests and similar services and provide reasonable auxiliary
services as requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to
permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include but are not
limited to:
a. Providingaccess to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities
g
necessary to facilitate inspections and tests.
b. Taking adequate quantifies of representative samples of materials that
require testing or assisting the agency in taking samples.
,
C. Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples, and delivery of
samples to testing laboratories.
'
d. Providing the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for
materials mixes that require control by the testing agency.
e. Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project site.
4. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent testing agency engaged to
perform inspections, sampling and testing of materials and construction specified
in individual Specification Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and
Contractor in performance of its duties, and shall provide qualified personnel to
perform required inspections and tests.
01400-2 9154.1 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
a. The agency shall notify the Architect and Contractor promptly of
irregularities or deficiencies in the Work during performance of its
service.
b. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge
requirements of the Contract Documents, or approve or accept any portion
of the Work.
C. The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor.
D. SUBMITTALS:
1. The independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report of each
inspection, test or similar service, to the Architect, in duplicate, unless the
Contractor is responsible for the service. If the Contractor is responsible for the
service, submit a certified written report of each inspection, test, or similar
service through the Contractor, in duplicate.
a. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing
authority, when the authority so directs.
b. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test or similar service
shall include, but not be limited to:
Date of issue.
'
Project title and number.
Name, address and telephone number of testing agency.
Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
Names of individuals making the inspection or test.
Designation of the Work and test method.
Identification of the product and Specification Section.
Complete inspection or test data.
Test results and an interpretations of test results.
Ambient conditions at the time of sample -taking and testing.
Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested Work
complies with Contract Document requirements.
Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
Recommendations on retesting.
E. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Qualification for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service
agencies, including independent testing laboratories, which are prequalified as
complying with "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory
1 01400-3 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
Qualification" by the American Council of Independent Laboratories, and which
specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed.
a. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project
shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the State
in which the Project is located.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. REPAIR AND PROTECTION:
1. General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, and sample -taking and similar
services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to
eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed
finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for "Cutting and
Patching. "
2. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and
protect repaired construction.
3. Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the
assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services.
END OF SECTION
01400-4 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. SUMMARY:
1. This section specifies requirements or temporary services and facilities, including
utilities, construction and support facilities, security and protection.
2. Temporary utilities required include but are not limited to:
Water service and distribution (Contractor can use water at existing school).
Temporary electric power and light.
Telephone service.
3. Temporary construction and support facilities required include but are not limited
to:
Field offices and storage sheds.
Sanitary facilities, including drinking water.
Temporary enclosures.
Temporary Project identification signs and bulletin boards.
Waste disposal services.
Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.
4. Security and protection facilities required include but are not limited to:
Temporary fire protection.
Barricades, warning signs, lights.
Environmental protection.
C. QUALITY CONTROL:
1. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations
if authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to:
01500-1 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
I
DIVISION 1
Building code requirements.
Health and safety regulations.
Utility company regulations.
Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules.
Environment protection regulations.
2. Standards: Comply with NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and
Demolition Operations", ANSI-A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for
Construction and Demolition", and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary
Electrical Facilities."
a. Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and
Services", prepared jointly by AGC and ASC, for industry
recommendations.
b. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA and UL standards and
regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance
with National Electric Code (NFPA 70).
3. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
D. PROJECT CONDITIONS:
1. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in
appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire
prevention measures. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary
conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. EQUIPMENT:
1. General: Provide new equipment, if acceptable to the Architect, undamaged,
previously used equipment in serviceable condition may be used. Provide
equipment suitable for use intended.
2. Water Hoses: Provide 3/4" heavy-duty, abrasion -resistant, flexible rubber hoses
100 ft. long, with pressure rating greater than the maximum pressure of the water
distribution system; provide adjustable shut-off nozzles at hose discharge.
3. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured NEMA polarized outlets to
prevent insertion of 110-120 volt plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide
receptacle outlets equipped with ground -fault circuit interrupters, reset button and
pilot light, for connection of power tools and equipment.
fl
1
I
01500-2 9154.1
F11
r
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
r
4.
Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords; use "hard -service"
cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to
connect separate lengths of electric cords, if single lengths will not reach areas
where construction activities are in progress.
5.
Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of
wattage required for adequate illumination. Provide exterior fixtures where
exposed to moisture.
6.
Temporary Offices: Provide prefabricated or mobile units or similar job -built
construction with lockable entrances, operable windows and serviceable finishes.
Provide heated and air-conditioned units on foundations adequate for normal
loading.
r7.
Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self-contained single -occupant toilet units of the
chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented and fully
r
enclosed with a glass fiber reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent
material.
8.
First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations.
9.
Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand -carried, portable UL-rated, Class "A" fire
extinguishers for temporary office.
a. Comply with NFPA 10 and 241 for classification, extinguishing agent and
size required by location and class of fire exposure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. INSTALLATION:
1.
Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities
where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference
with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.
2.
Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and
modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed.
B. TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION:
1.
Temporary Lighting: Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill
security and protection requirements and provide adequate illumination for
construction operations and traffic conditions.
1 01500-3 9154.1
C.
r
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
r
2. Temporary Telephones: Provide temporary telephone service for all personnel
engaged in construction activities, throughout the construction period. '
a. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION: r
1. Locate field office, storage sheds, sanitary facilities and other temporary
construction and support facilities for easy access.
a. Maintain temporary construction and support facilities until near
Substantial Completion. Remove prior to Substantial Completion.
Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use
school facilities, under conditions acceptable to the Owner.
2. Field Office: Provide insulated, weathertight temporary offices of sufficient size
to accommodate office personnel at the Project site. Keep the office clean and
orderly for use for small progress meetings.
3. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Install storage and fabrication sheds, sized, ,
furnished and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved,
including temporary utility service.
4. Sanitary facilities to include temporary toilets, wash facilities and drinking water
fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for the type, number,
location, operation and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Install where
facilities will best serve the Project's needs.
a. Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar disposable
materials for each facility. Provide covered waste containers for used
material.
5. Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy. Use
of pit -type privies will not be permitted. r
6. Drinking Water Facilities: Provide containerized tap -dispenser bottled -water type
drinking water units, including paper supply.
7. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and
elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of
combustible waste material and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not
hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 degrees F. (27 degrees Q. Handle
hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste
by containerizing properly. Dispose of material in a lawful manner.
I
01500-4 9154.1 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
D. SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION:
' 1. Except for use of permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change
over from use of temporary security and protection facilities to permanent
facilities until Substantial Completion, or longer as requested by the Architect.
2. Barricades, Warning Signs and Lights: Comply with standards and code
1 requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with
appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to inform personnel and the public
of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed provide
lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.
3. Enclosure Fence: Install where safety of personnel is involved.
a. Provide open -mesh, chain -link fencing with posts set in a compacted
mixture of gravel and earth.
1 4. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure of
partially completed areas of construction. Provide locking entrances to prevent
Iunauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft and similar violations of security.
a. Storage: Where materials and equipment must be stored, and are of value
or attractive for theft, provide a secure lockup. Enforce discipline in
connection with the installation and release of material to minimize the
opportunity for theft and vandalism.
5. Environmental Protection: Provide P
protection, operate temporary facilities and
P
conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental
regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways and subsoil might
be contaminated or polluted, or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid
1 use of tools and equipment which produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise
making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons
near the site. Maintain existing erosion control devices.
END OF SECTION
I
1 01500-5 9154.1
IU
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
T
[l
SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provision of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections, apply to
this Section.
B. SUMMARY:
1. This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project
closeout, including but not limited to:
a. Inspection procedures.
b. Project record document submittal.
2. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the
appropriate sections in Divisions 2 through 16.
C. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION:
1. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of
Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
a. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the
date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for
the portion of the work claimed as substantially complete. Include
supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract
Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the
Contract Sum.
(1) If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of
incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and
reasons the work is not complete.
2 Advise the Owner of pending insurance change -over requirements.
() P g
(3) Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance
agreements, final certifications and similar documents.
01700-1 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 1 I
(4) Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of
the Work and access to services and utilities; include occupancy
permits, operating certificates and similar releases.
2. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect/
Engineer will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled
requirements. The Architect/Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial
Completion following inspection, or advise the Contractor of construction that
must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued.
a. Once the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued with a list
of unfulfilled requirements (punch list), the Architect/Engineer will repeat
inspection when requested and assured that the Work has been
substantially completed (up to a maximum of two times).
b. The General Contractor will reimburse the Architect/Engineer in advance
for all anticipated time and expenses incurred for providing any additional
inspections to verify that the punch list has been completed in its entirety.
C. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for
final acceptance.
D. FINAL ACCEPTANCE:
1
I
1
1. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of
final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. I
a. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted.
b. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes
to the Contract Sum.
C. Submit a certified copy of the Architect/Engineer's final inspection list of
items to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been
completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been
endorsed and dated by the Architect/Engineer.
d. Submit consent of surety to final payment.
e. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with
insurance requirements.
1
f]
1
01700-2 9154.1
I
I
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
11
1
1
1
E. RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS:
1. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from
deterioration and loss in a secure, fire -resistive location; provide access to record
documents for the Architect/Engineer's reference during normal working hours.
2. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white -
prints of Contract Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where
the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark
whichever drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately.
Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure
and record at a later date.
a. Mark record set with red erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish
between variations in separate categories of the Work.
b. Mark new information that is important to the Owner, but was not shown
on Contract Drawings.
C. Note related Change Order numbers where applicable.
d. Organize record drawing sheets into a manageable set, bind with durable
paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification
on the cover.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES:
1. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for
protection of the work during construction.
2. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. Do not
burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's
property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage
systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful
manner.
IEND OF SECTION
1 01700-3 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK
PART 1 -GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. Extent of earthwork is indicated on drawings.
3. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Preparation of subgrade for walks, pavements and other improvements as
indicated on the drawings
b. Controlled fill
C. Stripping, stockpiling and spreading topsoil
d. Grading site to subgrade as indicated by contours, cross -sections and
details.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. Erosion control
b. Paving and surfacing - Refer to Section 02513 and Section 02512
C. Planting/seeding - Refer to Section 02900
02200-1
9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
D. JOB CONDITIONS:
1. Subsurface Investigation: A subsurface investigation was not performed.
Responsibility for the performance of the parking areas and drives is therefore
assumed by the Owner.
2. Existing topographic information is taken from a field survey prepared by Gilbert
W. Clifford & Associates, Winchester and Fredericksburg, VA, dated December
5, 1990.
3. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in areas of work by hand
dug test holes. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of
protection during earthwork operations.
a. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be
encountered during excavation, notify Architect/Engineer and Owner and
consult utility owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with Owner
and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in
operation. Obtain approval from Owner for any additional costs related
to non -emergency repairs prior to making such repairs. Repair damaged
utilities to satisfaction of utility owner.
b. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by
Owner or others, during occupied hours, except when permitted in writing
by Architect/Engineer and then only after acceptable temporary utility
services have been provided.
C. Provide minimum of 48-hour notice to utility owner and to Architect/
Engineer, and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting any
utility.
4. Use of Explosives: Use of explosives is not permitted.
5. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part
of this work and post with warning lights.
a. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction
b. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements and other facilities from
damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout
and other hazards created by earthwork operations.
C�
C
I
I
1t
u
Ll
E
d
[-I
i]
02200-2 9154.1 1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
6. Definitions:
a. Excavation consists of removal of material encountered to subgrade
elevations indicated and subsequent disposal of materials removed.
b. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated
subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of
Architect/Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work
directed by Architect/Engineer to correct such unauthorized excavations,
shall be at Contractor's expense.
(1) Backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for
authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise
directed by the Architect/Engineer.
C. Additional Excavation: When excavation has reached required subgrade
elevations, the soils engineer will make an inspection of conditions. If he
determines that bearing materials at required subgrade elevations are
unsuitable, continue excavation until suitable bearing materials are
encountered and replace excavated material with controlled fill as directed
by the soils engineer.
d. Subgrade: The undisturbed earth or the compacted soil layer immediately
below granular subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.
e. Structure: Slabs, curbs, or other man-made stationary features occurring
above or below ground surface.
E. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Codes and Standards: Perform work in compliance with applicable requirements
of governing authorities having jurisdiction.
1 2. Testing and Inspection Service: An independent testing laboratory shall be
employed by the Owner to perform soil testing and inspection service for quality
control testing during earthwork operations.
3. Soils engineer of the testing agency shall be a registered engineer, geologist or
his representative, subject to approval by the Architect/ Engineer, regularly
engaged in soils and foundation engineering with expertise in and full capability
to do all material analysis and supervision of earthwork operation.
4. The applicable standards and specifications of the Virginia Department of
Transportation.
1
1 02200-3 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
5. The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards listed.
F. SUBMITTALS:
1. Test Reports: Submit the following reports, in duplicate, directly to
Architect/Engineer from the testing services, with copy to the Owner and the
Contractor:
a. Test reports on borrow material.
b. Field reports; in -place soil density tests.
C. One optimum moisture -maximum density curve for each type of soil used
in the controlled fill.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. SOIL MATERIALS:
1. Definitions:
a. Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D
2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SM, SW and SP. The
plasticity index should not exceed 25 and liquid limit should not exceed
50.
b. Unsatisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM
D 2487 soil classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH,
and PT.
C. Satisfactory soil materials shall be free of clay, rock or gravel larger than
2" in any dimension for backfill and controlled fill material and 6" in any
dimension for general fill material and shall be free of all debris, waste,
frozen materials, vegetable and other deleterious matter, including mica
or graphite in quantities which affect the quality of the soil to the extent
of rendering it unsuitable, in the judgement of the soils engineer.
B. TOPSOIL:
1. Topsoil is to be free from organic material, rock or gravel larger than 2" in any
dimension, debris, waste, frozen material, vegetable and other deleterious matter.
02200-4 9154.1 1
� I
d
I
I
1
SITE WORK
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. EXCAVATION:
1. General:
DIVISION 2
a. The soils engineer shall be present to observe all excavations, and shall
make recommendations as required.
b. The Contractor shall coordinate compaction requirement inspections with
soils engineer. All controlled fill which is placed in the absence of the
soils engineer shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
2. Excavation is unclassified and shall be bid as "earth," and includes excavation to
subgrade elevations indicated, regardless of character of materials and
obstructions encountered.
a. Excavation includes excavation of pavements and other obstructions visible
on ground surface; underground structures, utilities and other items
indicated to be demolished and removed.
3. Excavation for Pavements: Cut surface under pavements to comply with cross -
sections, elevations and grades as indicated.
4. Dewatering:
a. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into
excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area.
b. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to
prevent soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades. Provide and
maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and
other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away
from excavations.
C. Convey water removed from excavations and rain water to collecting or
run-off areas. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and
other diversions outside excavation limits.
5. Material Storage:
a. Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where directed, until required
for backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage.
b. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations.
02200-5 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
C. Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials as herein specified.
B. GRADING:
1. General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section,
including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surface within specified
tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations
are shown, or between such points and existing grades.
2. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes, and as follows:
a. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Finish areas to receive topsoil to within not
more than 1 inch above or below required subgrade elevations.
b. Walks: Shape surface of areas under walks to line, grade and cross-
section, with finish surface not more than 1 inch above or below required
subgrade elevation.
C. Pavements: Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, grade and
cross-section, with finish surface not more than 1/2" above or below
required subgrade elevation.
3. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and indicated
percentage of maximum or relative density for each area classification.
4. Topsoil: After grading, spread and rough grade top soil to a minimum depth of
4 inches in grassed areas and/or where required. Finish grading to be done by
the landscape contractor.
5. Protection of Graded Areas:
a. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash
and debris.
b. Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to
specified tolerances.
C. CONTROLLED FILL:
1. General: Fill required to bring the site to the grades indicated shall be controlled
fill as herein specified.
2. Ground Surface Preparation:
02200-6 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
a. Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and
deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills.
Plow strip or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4
horizontal so that fill material will bond with existing surface.
b. When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under
"Compaction" for particular area classification, break up ground surface,
pulverize, moisture -condition to optimum moisture content, and compact
to required percentage of maximum dry density, at the direction of the
soils engineer.
fill, fill is to be
C. Prior to placement of any the area upon which material
placed shall be proofrolled with a loaded tandem -axle dump truck with a
minimum weight of 15 tons. Areas which exhibit excessive pumping shall
be undercut and replaced with controlled fill prior to placing any
additional lifts on the area.
d. Undercuts which encounter groundwater shall be filled with crusher -run
stone or VDOT 21-A and brought to subgrade in controlled lifts. Pumps
shall be utilized to control the water in the excavations.
3. Placement of Fill Material:
a. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose
depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not
more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand -
operated tampers.
ib. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide
moisture content to within 3 % of optimum. Compact each layer to
required percentage of maximum dry density for each area classification.
Do not place fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain
frost or ice.
C. Control soil and fill compaction, providing minimum percentage of density
specified for each area classification indicated herein.
d. Percentage of Maximum Dry Density Requirements: Compact soil to not
less than the following percentages of maximum dry density, in
accordance with ASTM D 1557 (Modified Proctor):
(1) Under sidewalks and pavements, compact each layer to 95 percent
maximum dry density (Modified Proctor).
1 02200-7 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
r
(2) Under lawn or unpaved areas, compact subgrade and each layer to
85 percent maximum dry density.
e. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be
moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface
of subgrade or layer of soil material. Apply water in minimum quantity
as necessary to prevent free water from appearing on surface during or
subsequent to compaction operations.
(1) Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is
too wet to permit compaction to specified density.
(2) Stockpile or spread soil material that has been removed because it
is too wet to permit compaction. Assist drying by discing,
harrowing, or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a
satisfactory value.
4. All areas from which material will be obtained for the construction of controlled
fill shall be laboratory tested and approved by the soils engineer before
proceeding with construction of the fill.
5. Compaction, Supervision and Testing:
a. Supervision by the soils engineer shall be continuous during all filling and
compacting operations so that he can certify that the fill was constructed
in accordance with these specifications. The soils engineer shall ensure
that the subgrade has been adequately prepared for filling, that acceptable
quality and quantity of fill material is used in each lift, that the specified
compaction is achieved in each lift, and that the proper size fill with
proper slopes is built. The above must be adhered to prior to the soils
engineer certifying that the controlled fill was constructed in accordance
with these specifications. A letter from the soils engineer, certifying
compliance with these specifications, shall be mailed to the
Architect/Engineer upon completion of the compaction.
The Contractor is responsible for notifying the soils engineer prior to
b P Y 8 g
starting construction on a controlled fill. Ample lead time must be given
in order to facilitate coordination with the soils engineer. Absolutely no
filling shall be done unless coordinated with the soils engineer. All such
filling done in the absence of the soils engineer shall be removed and
replaced at the Contractor's expense.
C. Perform field density tests in accordance with ASTM D 2922, the nuclear
method. Density and moisture gages shall be laboratory calibrated in
accordance with ASTM D 2922 before beginning of work for each
02200-8 9154.1 1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
different type of material used for fill and at intervals as necessary to
insure accurate readings. At the option of the soils engineer, tests may be
done in accordance with ASTM D 1556, Sand -Cone method.
d. The number and location of tests performed shall be at the direction of the
soils engineer, but not less than one field density test for every 2,500 sq.
ft. of area, and in no case fewer than four tests no further apart than 50
feet.
e. When the tests indicate that the density of any layer of fill or portion
thereof is below the required density, that layer or portion thereof shall be
rescarified, moistened, or dried as required, and recompacted until the
specified density has been obtained as determined by field tests.
f. Compaction shall be performed with sheepsfoot rollers, vibratory rollers,
pneumatic rollers, or any other type of roller or compaction equipment
acceptable to the soils engineer.
g. When filling operations are ceased due to weather (rain, freezing, snow,
etc.), construction shall not be resumed until the soils engineer or his
representative has verified that the soil strength has not been adversely
affected. If the soil strength has been decreased, then it shall be reworked
or removed prior to placement of another lift of material upon it.
h. The Contractor shall ensure that the site is properly graded to permit
adequate drainage during and after construction. The Contractor shall
control all surface water which will hinder construction and/or the quality
of the controlled fill. Water may be encountered which was not
anticipated, at which time the soils engineer will make recommendations
for its control and the Contractor shall meet or exceed these requirements
prior to the soils engineer certifying the work.
D. CERTIFICATIONS:
1. Certification of rough grading elevations by a registered civil engineer or land
surveyor shall certify that the general grading has been completed and that the
resulting grade elevations are in substantial conformity (not exceeding two -tenths
of a foot) with the site grading plan.
2. The soils engineer shall submit certification of all controlled fill in writing to the
Architect/Engineer as outlined in C5a above.
1 02200-9 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
E. DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS:
1. Remove waste materials, including unacceptable excavated material, trash and
debris and dispose of off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION
02200-10 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
SECTION 02270 - EROSION CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Erosion control devices as noted on drawings.
b. Temporary erosion control measures shall be removed at the completion
of the project.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. Earthwork - Section 02200
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. The Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook, latest edition, shall be
adhered to as part of this section.
2. The Virginia Department of Transportation (VDOT) Road and Bridge
Specifications, latest edition.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS:
1. General: Standards shall be in accordance with applicable provisions listed in
Part III of the Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook and applicable
02270-1 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
sections of the VDOT Road and Bridge Specifications (referenced to hereafter by
section).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. PERMITS:
1. Obtain necessary permits from state and local governing officials prior to
commencement of work.
B. INSTALLATION:
1. General: Construction methods shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions, applicable sections of the Virginia Department of Transportation
Road and Bridge Specifications, and the Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control
Handbook.
2. Install temporary and permanent structures as noted on the drawings.
3. Remove temporary structures per PART 1, B.2.b. above.
C. INSPECTIONS:
1. Land alteration inspections shall be conducted at the discretion of Frederick
County Engineering Department. Required inspections shall be made of the
ungraded land before the permit is issued and on termination of land alteration.
Termination is achieved by a written statement by Frederick County Engineering
Department that the permit holder has complied with the approved erosion and
sediment control plan and any governing ordinances.
END OF SECTION
02270-2 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
SECTION 02512 - ATHLETIC ASPHALT PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Asphalt paving of tennis courts.
b. Striping of tennis courts.
C. Fine grading of tennis courts.
d. See drawing for required slope of paved surfaces.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. SECTION 02513, ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING.
b. SECTION 02520, PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING.
C. SECTION 02831, CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES.
d. SECTION 02860, PLAYFIELD EQUIPMENT.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. All materials shall be by one supplier.
02512-1
9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2 1
E. SUBMITTALS:
1. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and
Division 1 specifications.
2. Product data and general recommendations from materials supplier.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS:
1. Hot Plant Mix:
a. General: Compacted subgrade, aggregate subbase, asphalt base and
asphalt surface course shall all comply with applicable provisions of
SECTION 02513, ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING.
2. Color Finish System:
a. Preparation: Surface course and sub -surface materials must have been
installed to proper slope requirements and specifications in accordance
with the U.S. Tennis Court and Track Builders Association Guide
Specifications and must be thoroughly cured for 30 days before application
of any filler or color finish materials.
b. Filling:
(1) Filler Coat: Once the surface is properly prepared and has been
cured, the next step is the application of the filler or mixture
materials as recommended by the manufacturer of the color finish
system. This is to achieve a uniform texture without ridges on the
court area, including patches or treated areas.
(2) One coat of asphalt resurfacer by the same manufacturer as the
color finish material (L.atexite Brand Tennis Surfaces or equal)
with clean water and clean silica sand, mixed and applied as
specified by the material manufacturer. The material shall be
agitated constantly while mixing and during application to assure
even texture and consistency on the surface. Patched areas may
require more than one application to achieve a uniform texture
without ridges.
C. Color Finish Material: Color finish material for the surface course shall
be System LT-13 as manufactured by Latexite Brand Tennis Surfaces.
The color finish material shall be compatible with the surface course
I
1
I
I
02512-2 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
material. The manufacturer shall guarantee the material for 2 years from
date of finished application against chalking, checking, fading,
discoloration, or other adverse effects from ultraviolet rays of the sun,
moisture or temperatures. The material shall be delivered to the
construction site in its original unopened containers clearly labeled with
trade name and name of manufacturer. The surface will receive three
color coats. The first two will be filler coats (color concentrate with clean
water and clean silica sand), mixed and applied as specified by the
material manufacturer. The third will be a finish coat and will contain a
lesser amount of sand. The material will be agitated constantly while
mixing and during application to assure even texture and consistency on
the surface. Each coat will be applied only after the preceding coat has
dried thoroughly.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. INSTALLATION:
1. Hot Plant Mix:
a. Installation Equipment: Self-propelled paving with vibratory screed.
b. Rolling: Not less than 3 to 5 ton tandem steel wheel roller with working
water system.
C. Finish Rolling: Not less than 1 ton tandem steel wheel finish roller.
d. Flood Check: Any ponding or "bird baths" remaining after 45 minutes
which cover a five cent piece shall be filled prior to any further
applications. It should be noted that newly installed asphalt will have a
tendency to hold water in a capillary action caused by the fresh oils in the
surface materials.
2. Color Finish System:
a. Application of Color Finish: The color finish course shall be applied only
' after the surface course is thoroughly dry. The color finish material shall
be applied to the surface course areas in multiple applications in the colors
selected by the Architect/Engineer so as to form a true, uniform texture
and color. Application work shall be performed by skilled mechanics in
a workmanlike manner in accordance with the manufacturer's standard
printed instructions; however, no work shall be performed when rain is
imminent or when the temperature is below 55 degrees Fahrenheit.
1 02512-3 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
10
b. Playing Line: Base lines shall be four inches (4 inches) wide and playing
lines shall be two inches (2 inches) wide, accurately located and marked
in accordance with rules of the United States Tennis Association and
painted with a paint recommended or approved by the manufacturer of the
color finish material; use of traffic, oil, alkyd, or solvent -vehicle type
paint is prohibited. The painting shall be done by skilled mechanics in a
workmanlike manner in accordance with the manufacturer's standard
printed instructions.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
1. Clean all surfaces and protect from damage until acceptance by Owner.
END OF SECTION
02512-4 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
SECTION 02513 - ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provision of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Asphalt paving
b. Pavement markings
C. Repair and replacement of existing asphalt
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. Grading
b. Portland cement concrete
D. JOB CONDITIONS:
1. Weather Limitations: Apply prime and tack coats when ambient temperature is
above 50 degrees F (10 degrees C), and when temperature has not been below 35
degrees F (1 degree C) for 12 hours immediately prior to application. Do not
apply when base is wet or contains an excess of moisture.
a. Construct asphalt concrete surface course when atmospheric temperature
is above 40 degrees F (4 degrees C), and when base is dry. Base course
may be placed when air temperature is above 30 degrees F (-1 degree C)
and rising.
1 02513-1 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
2. Grade Control: Establish and maintain required lines and elevations.
E. SUBMITTALS:
1. Material Certificates: Provide copies of materials certificates signed by material
producer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with, or
exceeds, specified requirements.
F. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Virginia Department of Highways and Transportation (VDOT) Standards and
Specifications, latest edition.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS:
1. General: All materials shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of
VDOT Specifications, latest edition, referred to hereinafter by section.
2. Pavement:
a. Subgrade shall conform to Section 305.
b. Aggregate subbase course shall conform to Section 208, Type I, Size No.
21A.
C. Asphaltic base course shall conform to Sections 210 and 211.
d. Tack coat shall conform to Section 310, grade RC-70.
e. Prime coat shall conform to Section 311.
f. Seal coat shall conform to Section 312.
g. Surface treatment shall conform to Section 313.
h. Surface course shall conform to Table II-13 of Section 211.
3. Pavement marking material shall be white traffic marking type manufactured for
this purpose.
02513-2 9154.1
SITE WORK
PART 3 - EXECUTION
SUBGRADE PREPARATION:
At the completion of excavation and grading work, the subgrade area to receive
paving shall be scarified to a depth of 6 inches for a minimum distance of 2 feet
beyond the edges of pavement on both sides. Spongy soil, rock, or other
unsuitable material shall be removed and replaced with approved material. The
subgrade shall be compacted at optimum moisture to the percentage of maximum
density as specified in section "Earthwork." The subgrade shall then be shaped
to the section indicated and checked with a straightedge and shall not vary more
than 1/10 of a foot from the indicated grades or elevations. Subgrade shall be in
accordance with VDOT Section 305.
SURFACE PREPARATION:
Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface
applying herbicide treatment or prime coat.
Proofroll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and areas requiring
additional compaction.
Notify Contractor of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not begin paving work until
deficient subbase areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving.
Sawcut edges of existing pavement or concrete where new paving is to meet
existing.
PRIME AND TACK COATS:
Prime Coat: Apply at rate of 0.20 to 0.50 gal. per sq. yd., over compacted
subgrade. Apply material to penetrate and seal, but not flood surface. Cure and
dry as long as necessary to attain penetration and evaporation of volatile. Prime
coat shall be in conformance with Section 311.
Tack Coat: Apply to contact surfaces of previously constructed asphalt or
portland cement concrete and surfaces abutting or projecting into asphalt concrete
pavement. Distribute at rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gal. per. sq. yd. of surface. Tack
coat shall be in conformance with Section 310.
Allow to dry until at proper condition to receive paving.
Exercise care in applying bituminous materials to avoid smearing of adjoining
concrete surfaces. Remove and clean damaged surfaces.
SITE WORK
DIVI
SION 2 '
c
E.
F.
Lei
PLACING MIX:
1. General: Place asphalt concrete mixture on prepared surface, spread and strike -
off. Place inaccessible and small areas by hand. Place each course to required
grade, cross-section, and compacted thickness, in accordance with drawings and
Section 315.
2. Paver Placing: Place in strips not less than 10 feet wide, unless otherwise
acceptable to Architect/Engineer. After first strip has been placed and rolled,
place succeeding strips and extend rolling to overlap previous strips. Complete
base course for a section before placing surface course.
3. Joints: Make joints between old and new pavements, or between successive days'
work, to ensure continuous bond between adjoining work. Construct joints to
have same texture, density and smoothness as other sections of asphalt concrete
course. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat.
ROLLING:
1. General: Begin rolling when mixture will bear roller weight without excessive
displacement. Rolling shall be in accordance with Section 315.
a. Compact mixture with hot hand tampers or vibrating plate compactors in
areas inaccessible to rollers.
2. Patching: Remove and replace paving areas mixed with foreign materials and
defective areas. Cut-out such areas and fill with fresh, hot asphalt concrete.
Compact by rolling to maximum surface density and smoothness.
3. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until
it has cooled and hardened.
4. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough
not to become marked.
SEAL COAT:
1. General: Seal coating shall be applied to access drive and parking areas only.
Seal coating shall not begin until the surface is thoroughly compacted, cleaned of
all dust, mud and foreign matter and the section to be sealed has been accepted.
Seal coating shall be in conformance with Section 312.
PARKING STRIPES:
1. Cleaning: Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust.
I
L
I
I
J
02513-4
9154.1
l!
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
lu
� I
I I
L�
F
2. Striping: Use white chlorinated -rubber base traffic lane- marking paint, factory -
mixed, quick -drying, and non -bleeding.
a. Do not apply paint until layout and placement has been verified with
Architect/Engineer.
b. Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce 4" wide strips with
uniform straight edges.
H. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
1. General: Test in -place asphalt concrete courses for compliance with requirements
for thickness and surface smoothness. Repair or remove and replace unacceptable
paving as directed by Architect/Engineer.
2. Thickness: In -place compacted thickness will not be acceptable if exceeding
following allowable variation from required thickness:
a. Base Course: 1/2", plus or minus
b. Surface Course: 1/4", plus or minus.
' 3. Surface Smoothness: Test finished surface of each asphalt concrete course for
smoothness, using 10' straightedge applied parallel with, and at right angles to
centerline of paved area. Surfaces will not be acceptable if exceeding the
following tolerances for smoothness. Check surface areas at intervals as directed
by Architect/Engineer.
a. Base Course Surface: 1/4".
b. Wearing Course Surface: 3/16".
' C. Crowned Surfaces: Test with crowned template centered and at right
P
angle to crown. Maximum allowable variance from template, 1/4".
4. Final Surface Inspection: The court surface shall be flooded with water and
allowed to drain; then if remaining water covers a 5 cent piece (American coin)
in any area, that area shall be patched and leveled. Reflooding and patching may
be necessary until "bird baths" are minimized.
IEND OF SECTION
1 02513-5 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02520 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 -GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provision of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Walk and ramp
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. Grading
b. Asphalt paving
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Virginia Department of Highways and Transportation (VDOT) Standards and
Specifications, latest edition.
2. Cast -in -place concrete shall comply with the Building Code Requirements for
Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318) and all applicable requirements of the
Specifications for Structural Concrete for Building (ACI 301).
3. The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards listed.
4. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
standards listed.
02520-1 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
E. JOB CONDITIONS:
1. Grade Control: Establish and maintain required lines and elevations.
2. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required
for other construction activities.
a. Coordinate with requirements for "Temporary Facilities" specified in
Division 1.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS:
1. Concrete (Air -Entrained):
a. Class "A" concrete, 4000 psi strength at twenty-eight (28) days.
b. Concrete walks and ramp shall be a minimum of 4" thick reinforced with
one layer of 6x6 - W1.4 x W1.4 welded wire fabric placed 1-1/2" from
the top surface of the concrete as indicated. Walks shall be placed over
4" of crushed stone.
C. Concrete walks and ramps shall have perpendicular broom finish. Edges
of walks and joints to have 1/8" tooled radius.
2. Forms: Steel, wood, or other suitable material of size and strength to resist
movement during concrete placement and to retain horizontal and vertical
alignment until removal. Use straight forms, free of distortion and defects.
a. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends
as required.
b. Coat forms with a nonstaining form release agent that will not discolor or
deface surface of concrete.
3. Welded Wire Mesh: Welded plain cold -drawn steel wire fabric, ASTM A 185.
a. Furnish in flat sheets, not rolls, unless otherwise acceptable to
Architect/Engineer.
4. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60.
5. Fabricated Bar Mats: Welded or clip -assembled steel bar or rod mats, ASTM A
184. Use ASTM A 615, Grade 60 steel bars, unless otherwise indicated.
02520-2 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
Joint Dowel Bars: Plain steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60. Cut bars true to
length with ends square and free of burrs.
Expansion Joint Materials: One-half inch expansion joints to be asphalt
impregnated material, designed for the purpose, per ASTM 1752.
Antispalling Compound: Combination of boiled linseed oil and mineral spirits,
complying with AASHTO M-233.
Liquid -Membrane Forming and Sealing Curing Compound: Comply with ASTM
C 309, Type I, Class A unless other type acceptable to Architect/Engineer.
Moisture loss no more than 0.55 gr./sq. cm. when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal.
Bonding Compound: Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base, rewettable type.
Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, 2-component material suitable for use on dry
or damp surfaces. Provide material "Type", "Grade", and "Class" to suit project
requirements.
CONCRETE MIX, DESIGN, AND TESTING:
Design mix to produce normal -weight concrete consisting of portland cement,
aggregate, water -reducing or high -range water -reducing admixture
(superplasticizer), air -entraining admixture, and water to produce the following
properties:
Compressive Strength: 4000 psi, minimum at 28 days, unless otherwise
indicated.
Slump Limits: 8 inches minimum for concrete containing high -range
water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer); 3 inches for other concrete.
Air Content: 5 to 8 percent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
SURFACE PREPARATION:
Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before
placing concrete.
C.
103
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
FORM CONSTRUCTION:
1. Set forms to required grades and lines, braced and secured. Install forms to
allow continuous progress of work and so that forms can remain in place at least
24 hours after concrete placement.
2. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to following tolerances:
a. Top of forms not more than 1/8-inch in 10 feet.
b. Vertical face on longitudinal axis, not more than 1/4-inch in 10 feet.
3. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as required to ensure
separation from concrete without damage.
REINFORCEMENT:
1. Locate Place, and support reinforcement as specified in applicable ACI
publications.
CONCRETE PLACEMENT:
1. General: Comply with requirements of applicable ACI publications for mixing
and placing concrete, and as herein specified.
2. Do not place concrete until subbase and forms have been checked for line and
grade. Moisten subbase if required to provide a uniform dampened condition at
time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other
structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment.
3. Place concrete by methods that prevent segregation of mix. Consolidate concrete
along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with internal vibrator. Keep
vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only
square -faced shovels for hand -spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care
to prevent dislocation of reinforcing, dowels, and joint devices.
a. Use bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against
hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces.
b. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse
joints as far as possible. If interrupted for more than 1/2 hour, place a
construction joint.
C. Do not operate equipment on concrete until pavement has attained
sufficient strength to carry loads without injury.
02520-4 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
4. Fabricated Bar Mats: Keep mats clean and free from excessive rust, and handle
units to keep them flat and free of distortions. Straighten bends, kinks, and other
irregularities or replace units as required before placement. Set mats for a
minimum 2-inch overlap to adjacent mats.
a. Place concrete in 2 operations; strike off initial pour for entire width of
placement and to the required depth below finish surface. Lay fabricated
bar mats immediately in final position. Place top layer of concrete, strike
off, and screed.
b. Remove and replace portions of bottom layer of concrete that have been
placed more than 15 minutes without being covered by top layer or use
bonding agent if acceptable to Architect/Engineer.
E. JOINTS:
1. General: Construct expansion, weakened -plane (contraction), and construction
joints true to line with face perpendicular to surface of concrete. Joints in walks
shall be spaced at an interval equal to walk width (5' max.). Construct transverse
' joints at right angles to the centerline, unless otherwise indicated. When joining
existing structures, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints,
unless otherwise indicated.
2. Contraction Joints: Provide contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as
shown on drawings. Construct joints for a depth equal to at least 1/4 concrete
' thickness, as follows:
a. Tooled Joints: Form contraction joints in fresh concrete by grooving top
portion with a recommended cutting tool and finishing edges with a
jointer.
b. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with powered saws equipped with
shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut joints into hardened
concrete as soon as surface will not be torn, abraded, or otherwise
damaged by cutting action.
C. Inserts: Use embedded strips of metal or sealed wood to form contraction
joints. Set strips into plastic concrete and carefully remove strips after
concrete is hardened.
3. Construction Joints: Place construction joints at end of placements and at
locations where placement operations are stopped for more than 1/2 hour, except
where such placements terminate at expansion joints.
1 02520-5 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
a. Construct joints as shown or, if not shown use standard metal
keyway -
section forms.
b. Where load transfer -slip dowel devices are used, install so that one end of
each dowel bar is free to move.
4. Expansion Joints: Provide premolded joint filler for expansion joints abutting
concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, and other fixed
objects, unless otherwise indicated.
a. Locate expansion joints at 50 feet o.c. for walks unless otherwise
indicated.
b. Extend joint filler full width and depth of joint, not less than 1/2-inch nor
more than 1 inch below finished surface where joint sealer is indicated.
If no joint sealer, place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete
surface.
C. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths for full width being placed
wherever possible. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip
joint filler sections together.
d. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with a metal cap
or other temporary material. Remove protection after concrete has been
placed on both sides of joint.
5. Joint Filler and Sealants: Provide 1/2" thick premolded compressible joint filler
strips (ASTM D 1751). The perimeters of slabs at joints shall be free of fins,
rough edges, spalling, and other unsightly appearances. Sealant shall be
compatible with all adjacent materials, manufactured for this specific purpose.
u
1
F. CONCRETE FINISHING: 1
1. After striking -off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screeding and
floating. Use hand methods only where mechanical floating is not possible.
Adjust floating to compact surface and produce uniform texture.
2. After floating, test surface for trueness with a 10-foot straightedge. Distribute
concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and refloat repaired areas
to provide a continuous smooth finish.
3. Work edges of slabs, walks, and formed joints with an edging tool, and round to
1/2-inch radius, unless otherwise indicated. Eliminate tool marks on concrete
surface.
02520-6 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
4.
After completion of floating and when excess moisture or surface sheen has
disappeared, complete troweling and finish surface as follows:
a. Broom finish by drawing a fine -hair broom across concrete surface
perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to provide
a fine line texture acceptable to Architect/Engineer.
(1) On inclined slab surfaces, provide a coarse, non -slip finish by
scoring surface with a stiff -bristled broom, perpendicular to line
of traffic.
5.
Do not remove forms for 24 hours after concrete has been placed. After form
removal, clean ends of joints and point -up any minor honeycombed areas.
'
Remove and replace areas or sections with major defects, as directed by
Architect/Engineer.
G. CURING:
1.
Protect and cure finished concrete paving in compliance with applicable ACI
publications. Use approved moist -curing methods.
2.
Antispalling Treatment: Apply treatment to concrete surfaces no sooner than 28
days after placement, to clean, dry concrete free of oil, dirt, and other foreign
material. Apply curing and sealing compound at a maximum coverage rate of
300 s.f. per gallon. Apply antispalling compound in 2 sprayed applications.
First application at rate of 40 sq. yds. per gallon; second application, 60 sq. yds.
per gallon. Allow complete drying between applications.
H. REPAIRS AND PROTECTIONS:
1.
Repair or replace broken or defective concrete, as directed by Architect/
Engineer.
I
2. Drill test cores where directed by Architect/Engineer when necessary to determine
magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory
pavement areas with portland cement concrete bonded to pavement with epoxy
adhesive.
3. Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude traffic from
pavement for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is
permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and
spillage of materials as they occur.
02520-7 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
a. Sweep concrete pavement and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt, and
other foreign material just before final inspection.
END OF SECTION
02520-8 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
SECTION 02831 - CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
PART 1-GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Galvanized steel chain link fence and gates.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. SECTION 02200, EARTHWORK.
b. SECTION 02512, ATHLETIC ASPHALT PAVING.
C. SECTION 02860, PLAYFIELD EQUIPMENT.
D. SUBMITTALS:
1. General: Submit the following in accordance with conditions of contract and
division 1 specification sections.
2. Product data in the form of manufacturer's technical data, specifications, and
installation instructions for fence and gate posts, fabric, gates, and accessories.
3. Shop drawings showing location of fence, gates, each post, and details of post
installation, extension arms, gate swing, hardware, and accessories.
E. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
02831-1
9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
1. Single -Source Responsibility: Obtain chain link fences and gates as complete
units, including necessary erection accessories, fittings, and fastenings from a
single source or manufacturer.
2. Installation: Performed only by the manufacturer or an experienced chain link
fence installer approved by the manufacturer.
3. Materials and installation shall comply with the following standards:
a. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
b. Chain Link Manufacturers Institute (CLMI).
F. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
1. Deliver chain link fence materials in the manufacturer's original packaging with
tags and labels intact and legible.
2. Handle and store material to prevent damage and deterioration.
G. PROJECT CONDITIONS:
1. Do not begin chain link fencing installation before completion of final grading.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Galvanized steel fencing and fabric:
(1)
American Chain Link Fence Company
(2)
American Tube Company
(3)
Anchor Fence, Inc.
(4)
Capitol Wire and Fence Co., Inc.
(5)
Century Tube Corp.
(6)
Cyclone Fence Div./USX Corp.
02831-2 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
r
B. FABRIC:
1. Steel Fabric: Comply with Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (CLFMI)
Product Manual. Furnish one-piece fabric widths for fencing height.
a. Size: 1 3/4-inch mesh, 9-gage (0.148-inch diameter) uncoated wire.
b. Top and bottom selvage shall have a knuckle finish. Fabric shall be free
of barbs, icicles or other projections resulting from the galvanizing
process.
C. FRAMEWORK, FITTINGS AND GATES:
1. Line, terminal, and pull posts; top, middle, bottom rails or braces; gate frame
materials shall be Schedule 40 pipe with 1.8 ounce per square foot zinc coating
conforming to the Standard Specification for Black and Hot -Dipped Zinc Coated
' (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Ordinary Uses, ASTM A-120.
2. Line Posts: Line posts shall be 2.375 inches O.D. round steel posts weighing
3.65 lbs. per linear foot. These posts shall not be splice welded in such a manner
that the weld appears above the grade line. The chain link fabric shall be tied to
the line posts with No. 9 gauge soft annealed galvanized steel tie wire.
3. Terminal and Gate Posts: Terminal and gate posts shall be 2.875 inches O.D.
Steel Round Posts weighing 5.79 lbs. per linear foot. These posts shall not be
splice welded in such a manner that the weld appears above the grade line.
4. Terminal and Gate Post Fittings: Terminal and gate post fittings, including
tension bands, brace connections and top rail connections, shall be No. 14 gauge,
hot -dipped galvanized, cold -rolled, carbon steel. Top rail, brace and truss bands
shall not be less than three quarter inch (3/4") wide, secured by five -sixteenths
(5/16") by three-quarters inch (3/4") and not less than two inches (2") shorter
than the nominal height of the fabric with which they are to be used. One tension
bar shall be provided for each end and gate post, and two for each corner and
pull post.
5. Bottom Tension Wire: Bottom tension wires shall be 7 gauge galvanized steel
marcelled wire, ASTM Designation A-824-84.
6. Post Tops: Tops of line posts shall be of a steel or aluminum casting capable of
providing a through passage for top rail. Terminal post tops shall be of a steel
or aluminum casting and be designed so as to exclude all moisture from the
terminal post.
r
02831-3 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
I
7. Gates: Gates shall be four feet (4') and ten feet (10') wide and constructed and
hung where indicated on drawings. Frames shall be constructed of 1.900" O.D.
round steel pipe weighing 2.72 lbs. per lineal foot.
Gate frames shall be welded or alternately shall utilize corner fittings of heavy
malleable iron or pressed steel securely riveted to the frame. Fabric matching the
fence fabric shall be installed in the frame by means of tension bars and hook
bolts. Frames having corner fittings shall be equipped with adjustable truss rods
having a diameter of three -eighths (3/8") inch. Hinges shall be of adequate
strength to support the gate and have large bearing surfaces for clamping in
position. Under no conditions of use or abuse shall the hinges twist or turn under
the action of the gate. Gates shall be capable of being opened and closed quickly
and easily by one (1) person. Gates shall be equipped with a positive latching
device that, will accommodate padlocking. A plunger rod, catch and semi-
automatic outer catch shall be installed on drive gates so as to secure gate in an
open position. Hinges, latches and catches shall be one of the manufacturer's
standard designs as selected and approved by the architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. INSPECTION:
1. Examine final grades and installation conditions. Do not start chain link fence
system work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
B. PREPARATION:
1. Lay out complete fence line.
2. Locate and mark post positions. Space line posts equally and at maximum 10'-0"
on center spacing.
3. Provide corner posts at positions where fence changes direction more than 10
degrees.
C. INSTALLATION:
1. General: Install fence in compliance with ASTM F 567. Do not begin
installation and erection before final grading is completed, unless otherwise
permitted.
a. Apply fabric to courtside of framework.
b. Bottom of fence fabric shall be 3/4 inch above court surface.
I
I�]
1
1
02831-4 9154.1 1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
2. Excavation: Drill or hand -excavate holes for posts in firm, undisturbed or
compacted soil.
a. Excavate holes for each post to minimum diameter recommended by fence
manufacturer, but not less than 4 times largest cross-section of post.
b. Excavate hole depths approximately 3 inches lower than post bottom, with
bottom of posts set not less than 36-inches below finish grade surface.
3. Setting Posts: Center and align posts in holes 3 inches above bottom of
excavation. Space maximum 10 feet o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
a. Concrete footings shall have a design mix of 2500 PSI.
b. Protect portion of posts above ground from concrete splatter. Place
concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Check each
post for vertical and top alignment, and hold in position during placement
and finishing operations.
(1) Unless noted, extend concrete footings 2-inches above grade and
trowel to a crown to shed water.
(2) Top of concrete footings for posts within the tennis court paving
shall be placed 3-inches below the surface paving.
4. Top Rails: Run rail continuously through line post caps, and at other posts
terminating into rail end attached to posts or post caps fabricated to receive rail.
Provide expansion couplings as recommended by fencing manufacturer.
5. Center Rails: Provide center rails where indicated. Install in one piece between
posts and flush with post on fabric side, using rail ends and special offset fittings
where necessary.
6. Brace Assemblies: Braces shall be installed midway between top rail and court
surface and extend from each terminal post to the first adjacent line post. Braces
shall be securely fastened to posts by heavy pressed steel connections and also be
trussed from line post back to terminal post with five -sixteenths (5/ 16") inch
round truss rod complete with tightening turnbuckle.
7. Bottom Tension Wire: Install tension wire within 6-inches of bottom of fabric
before stretching fabric and tie to each post with not less than same gage and type
of wire. Pull wire taut, without sags. Fasten fabric to tension wire with 11-gage
hog rings of same material and finish as fabric wire, spaced maximum 2-inches
O.C.
1
1 02831-5 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
8. Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through or clamp to fabric 4-inches o.c., and
secure to end, corner, pull, and gate posts with tension bands spaced not over 15-
inches o.c.
9. Tie Wires: Use U-shaped wire of proper length to secure fabric firmly to posts
and rails with ends twisted at least 2 full turns. Bend ends of wire to minimize
hazard to persons or clothing.
a. Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to line posts 12-inches o.c. and to rails and
braces 24-inches o.c.
10. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and hardware bolts on side of fence
opposite fabric side. Penn ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of
nuts.
11. Gates: Install gates plumb, level, and secure for full opening without
interference. Install ground -set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware
for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary.
END OF SECTION
02831-6 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02860 - PLAYFIELD EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Tennis equipment.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. SECTION 02512, ATHLETIC ASPHALT PAVING.
b. SECTION 02513, ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING.
C. SECTION 02831, CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES.
d. SECTION 02900, LAWNS AND PLANTING.
D. SUBMITTALS:
1. Product data.
2. Shop drawing.
E. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
1. Store products in a protected area until ready for installation.
02860-1 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
F. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain equipment from single source or
manufacturer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. TENNIS EQUIPMENT:
1. Douglas Premier RD tennis post (one pair), or equal.
2. Douglas #TN-36 tennis net (42'), or equal.
3. Provide required accessories for a complete installation.
4. Footing to be per manufacturer's specifications and recommendations.
5. Provide all of the above for each tennis court.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. INSPECTION:
1. Contractor shall inspect all areas to receive equipment. Do not install equipment
until areas are acceptable.
B. INSTALLATION:
1. All equipment shall be installed per manufacturer's specifications and
recommendations. Locations for installation shall be as shown or as directed.
2. Footings for tennis posts to be held 3 inches below finished paving.
C. CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
1. Clean all equipment after installation and protect equipment until acceptance by
Owner.
END OF SECTION
02860-2 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
SECTION 02900 - LAWNS AND PLANTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Federal
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Seeding: Fertilizing, liming, and mulching; preparation and planting,
complete - includes areas disturbed by utility lines
b. Fine grading
C. This section applies to all disturbed areas
d. Contractor shall mean landscape contractor unless otherwise specified.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. Preparation of subgrade
b. Walks.
D. GUARANTEE:
1. Guarantee all planting for 1 year upon completion of work and acceptance by the
Owner.
02900-1 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS:
1. Plant Materials: Grass seed.
a. Grass seed shall consist of pure, live, certified grass seed mixture of
recleaned seed of the latest crop, and containing weed seed less than 0.5 %
by weight of the total mixture.
b. Seed mixture shall consist of the following analysis:
Species % By Weight
Kentucky 31 Fescue 100 %
2. Fertilizer:
a. Fertilizer shall be commercially -prepared, granular, and completely
balanced with all plant nutrients.
b. Fertilizer shall be uniform in composition, dry, and free -flowing.
C. Fertilizer for lawn areas shall be of 10-10-10 analysis (percentage by
weight) :
10 % Nitrogen
10 % Phosphorus
10 % Potassium
Fertilizer shall be applied to lawn areas at the rate of 25 lbs. per 1000 sq.
ft.
3. Limestone:
a. Limestone shall be raw, ground, agricultural limestone containing not less
than 90 % calcium carbonate.
4. Mulch:
a. Mulch shall be fresh, clean wheat straw with non -asphaltic tackifier.
02900-2 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. PREPARATION:
1. Fine Grading:
a. Immediately following placement of topsoil, the entire area shall be
disked, and raked free of stones and debris over 1/2-inch in any
dimension. All such stone and debris shall be removed from the
premises.
2. The finished surface shall be true to grades shown on the drawings, with a
maximum tolerance of 0.1-foot and ready for seeding and free of any depressions
or high spots which would hold water or interfere with the intended use.
B. PLANTING SEED:
1. Sow seed uniformly at the rate of 8 lbs. of pure live seed mixture per 1000 sq.
ft., divided in half and sown in cross directions.
C. FERTILIZER:
1. Fertilizer shall be applied to lawn areas at the rate of 25 lbs. per 1000 sq. ft.
D. LIMESTONE:
1. Limestone is to be applied to all seeded areas at the rate of 100 lbs. per 1000 sq.
ft. and worked into the top 2 inches of soil or as needed to attain a pH value of
6.5.
E. MULCH:
1. Apply mulch of loose straw uniformly, approximately three straws deep so that
at least one half of the surface area is covered.
F. WATERING:
1. Water to be provided at the site by the General Contractor. Watering of all
planted material to be the responsibility of the landscape contractor until
completion of all work and request of approval is submitted.
2. Water seedbed thoroughly and immediately after seeding, with a fine mist spray.
Water heavily once a week during dry weather until a thick cover of grass is
established.
02900-3 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
G. MAINTENANCE:
1. Begin maintenance immediately after seeding and continue until acceptance of the
project. Maintain a healthy growing condition by watering and by any other
necessary operations of maintenance.
END OF SECTION
02900-4 9154.1
METALS
DIVISION 5
SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work to be performed under this section consists of, but is not
limited to, the following:
a. Steel pipe railings.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. Section 02520 "Portland Cement Concrete Paving"
b. Section 02200 "Earthwork"
D. DEFINITIONS:
1. Definitions in ASTM E 985 for railing -related terms apply to this section.
E. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS:
1. Structural Performance of Handrails and Railing Systems: Design, engineer,
fabricate, and install handrails and railing systems to comply with requirements
of ASTM E 985 for structural performance based on testing performed in
accordance with ASTM E 894 and E 935.
F. SUBMITTALS:
1. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and
Division 1 Specification Sections.
05500-1 9154.1
METALS DIVISION 5
1
a. Shop drawings detailing fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication
indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal
fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
(1) Where installed metal fabrications are indicated to comply with
certain design loadings, include structural computations, material
properties, and other information needed for structural analysis that
has been signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer
who was responsible for their preparation.
b. Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply
with requirements specified under "Quality Assurance" article.
G. QUALITY ASSURANCE: I
1. Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in successfully producing metal
fabrications similar to that indicated for this Project, with sufficient production
capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the Work.
2. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS D 1.1
"Structural Welding Code - Steel, "D1.3 "Structural Welding Code - Sheet
Steel", and D1.2 "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum."
a. Certifythat each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests
YP q
for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone
recertification.
H. PROJECT CONDITIONS: I
1. Field Measurements: Check actual locations of walls and other construction to
which metal fabrications must fit, by accurate field measurements before
fabrication; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate
fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. FERROUS METALS: I
1. Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view upon
completion of the Work, provide materials selected for their surface flatness,
smoothness, and freedom from surface blemishes. Do not use materials whose
exposed surfaces exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names,
and roughness.
1
05500-2 9154.1 1
METALS DIVISION 5
2. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; Type E, standard weight (Schedule 40) finish as
follows:
a. Galvanized finish for exterior installations.
3. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select in accordance with AWS
specifications for the metal alloy to be welded.
GROUT:
1. Nonshrink Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory -packaged, nonstaining,
noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with CE CRD-C 621. Provide grout
specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications
of type specified in this section.
a. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated in the Work include but are not limited to the
following:
(1) "Euco N-S Grout"; Euclid Chemical Co.
(2) "Masterflow 713"; Master Builders.
(3) "Sonogrout"; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord
Chemical Products, Inc.
(4) "Five Star Grout"; U.S. Grout Corp.
C. PAINT:
1. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing welds
in galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by
weight and complying with DOD-P-21035 or SSPC-Paint-20.
D. FABRICATION:
1. Form metal fabrications from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated
but not less than that needed to comply with performance requirements indicated.
Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details
of fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified for
various components of each metal fabrication.
2. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and
straight sharp edges.
05500-3 9154.1
METALS DIVISION 5
3. Allow for thermal movement resulting from the following maximum change
(range) in ambient temperature in the design, fabrication, and installation of
installed metal assemblies to prevent buckling, opening up of joints, and
overstressing of welds and fasteners. Base design calculations on actual surface
temperatures of metals due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss.
a. Temperature Change (Range): 100 deg F (55.5 deg Q.
4. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs.
5. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise
indicated. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing
grain separation or otherwise impairing work.
6. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces.
7. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with AWS recommendations and
the following:
a. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength
and corrosion resistance of base metals.
b. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
C. Remove welding flux immediately.
d. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and
Po P
blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded
surface matches those adjacent.
8. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth. Locate joints
where least conspicuous.
9. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure.
Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for intended
use.
10. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to
minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for
shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value
of jointed pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.
11. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or
provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
1
05500-4 9154.1 1
METALS DIVISION 5
1
E. STEEL PIPE RAILINGS AND HANDRAILS:
1. General: Fabricate pipe railings and handrails to comply with requirements
indicated for design, dimensions, details, finish, and member sizes, including wall
thickness of pipe, post spacings, and anchorage, but not less than that required
to support structural loads.
2. Interconnect railing and handrail members by butt -welding or welding with
internal connectors, at fabricator's option, unless otherwise indicated.
a. At tee and cross intersections, notch ends of intersecting members to fit
contour of pipe to which end is jointed and weld all around.
3. Form changes in direction of railing members as follows:
a. By insertion of prefabricated elbow fittings.
b. By radius bends of radius indicated.
C. By mitering at elbow ends.
d. By bending.
e. BY an method indicated above, applicable to change of direction
Y
involved.
4. Form simple and compound curves by bending pipe in jigs to produce uniform
curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain cylindrical cross-
section of pipe throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or
otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of pipe.
5. Close exposed ends of pipe by welding 3/ 16 inch thick steel plate in place or by
use of prefabricated fittings.
6. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide end closures, flanges,
miscellaneous fittings, and anchors for interconnections of pipe and attachment
of railings and handrails to other work. Furnish inserts and other anchorage
devices for connecting railings and handrails to concrete or masonry work.
a. For railing posts set in concrete fabricate sleeves from steel pipe not less
than 12 inches long and with an inside diameter not less than 1/2 inch
greater than the outside diameter of post, with steel plate closure welded
to bottom of sleeve.
L1l
1 05500-5 9154.1
METALS DIVISION 5
(1) Provide friction fit, removable covers designed to keep sleeves
clean and hold top edge of sleeve 1/2 inch below finished surface
of concrete.
7. For steel railings and handrails formed from steel pipe with galvanized finish,
provide galvanized fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other ferrous
components.
F. FINISHES, GENERAL:
1. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative
to application and designations of finishes.
2. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.
G. STEEL AND IRON FINISHES:
1. Galvanizing:
a. ASTM A 153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware.
b. ASTM A 123 for galvanizing both fabricated and unfabricated iron and
steel products made of uncoated rolled, pressed, and forged shapes, plates,
bars, and strip 0.0299 inch thick and heavier.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. PREPARATION:
1. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates,
instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, including concrete
inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having integral anchors
that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate
delivery of such items to project site.
2. Set sleeves in concrete with tops flush with finish surface elevations; protect
sleeves from water and concrete entry.
B. INSTALLATION, GENERAL:
1. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners
where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in -place
construction; include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle
bolts, through -bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors as required.
1
05500-6 9154.1 1
METALS DIVISION 5
2.
Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required
for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set metal fabrication
accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level,
plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.
3.
Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built
into concrete masonry or similar construction.
4.
Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld
connections that are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded
because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of
exterior units which have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication, and are
intended for bolted or screwed field connections.
5.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded
metal -arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, methods used in
correcting welding work, and the following:
a. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength
and corrosion resistance of base metals.
b. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
C. Remove welding flux immediately.
d. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and
blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded
surface matches those adjacent.
C. INSTALLATION OF STEEL PIPE RAILINGS AND HANDRAILS:
1.
Adjust railings prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints.
Space posts at spacing indicated, as required by design loadings. Plumb posts in
each direction.
a. Anchor posts in concrete by means of pipe sleeves preset and anchored
into concrete. After posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular
space between post and sleeve solid with grout, mixed and placed to
comply with manufacturer's directions.
(1) Leave anchorage joint exposed, wipe off surplus grout and leave
1/8 inch build-up, sloped away from post. For installations
exposed on exterior, or to flow of water, seal anchoring material
to comply with grout manufacturer's directions.
1 05500-7 9154.1
METALS DIVISION 5
M
2. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints at locations indicated, or if not
indicated, at intervals not to exceed 40 feet. Provide slip joint with internal
sleeve extending 2 inches beyond joint on either side; fasten internal sleeve
securely to one side; locate joint within 6 inches of posts.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
1. Touch -Up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted
connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same
material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for
touch-up of field painted surfaces.
a. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0
mils.
2. For galvanized surfaces clean welds, bolted connections and abraded areas and
apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION
1 11
9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
SECTION 16010 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specifications sections apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Electrical Submittals
b. Coordination of Electrical Work
C. Electrical System Identification
d. Electrical Temporary Facilities
e. Excavating for Electrical Work
f. Painting for Electrical Work
g. Electrical Standards, Regulations and Symbols
h. Electrical System Performance
i. Electrical Close Out
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. SECTION 16050, BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
b. SECTION 16301, UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WORK
16010-1 9154.1
ELECTRICAL
I
DIVISION 16
10
E.
F.
G.
C. SECTION 16425, PANELBOARDS
d. SECTION 16500, LIGHTING
DEFINITIONS:
1. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, electrical and electronic terms used in the
Contract Documents shall be as defined in IEEE 100 - Dictionary of Electrical
and Electronics Terms.
SUBMITTALS:
1. General: Refer to Division 1 for General Requirements concerning submittals.
The types and numbers of submittals required for the electrical work are specified
in each section of electrical work.
COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL WORK:
1. General: Refer to the division sections for general coordination requirements
applicable to the entire work. It is recognized that the contract documents are
diagrammatic in showing certain physical relationships which must be established
within the electrical work and in its interface with other work including utilities
and mechanical work and that such establishment is the exclusive responsibility
of the Contractor.
2. Product Handling: Space at the project for storage of materials and products is
limited. Coordinate the deliveries of electrical materials and products with the
Owner. In general, do not deliver individual items of electrical equipment to the
project substantially ahead of the time of installation. Limit each shipment of
bulk and multiple -use materials to the quantities needed for installations within
three (3) weeks of receipt.
3. Coordination of Options and Substitutions: Where the contract documents permit
the selection from several product options and where it become necessary to
authorize a substitution, do not proceed with purchasing until coordination of
interface requirements has been checked and satisfactorily established.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION:
1. Underground Cable Identification: Bury a continuous, pre-printed, bright -colored
plastic ribbon cable marker with all underground cables regardless of whether
conductors are in conduit. Locate each directly over cables, 6 inches to 8 inches
below finished grade.
L�
I
1
7
I
r
I
G
I
16010-2 9154.1
11
P
LJ
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
1
2. Cable/Conductor Identification: Provide standard cable/wire labels on each
conductor of primary electrical runs, at enclosures where conductors of more than
one circuit or system are present and interrupted. Mark to match contract
document numbering and other numbering as subsequently established.
Secondary branch wiring with color -coded conductors need not be labeled.
3. Identification Labels and Warning Signs: Provide engraved plastic -laminate or
baked enamel labels on major units of electrical equipment including panelboards,
contactors, disconnect switches, and similar systems. Label shall include
equipment identification mark and voltage characteristics and shall be melamine
plastic, 0.125-inch thick, white with black center core. Provide warning signs
where there is hazardous exposure or danger associated with access to or
operation of electrical facilities. Provide text of sufficient clarity and lettering of
sufficient size, minimum 0.25 inch nominal block style, to convey adequate
information at each location; mount permanently in an appropriate and effective
location.
H. EXCAVATING FOR ELECTRICAL WORK:
1. General: Refer to applicable provisions of Section 16301 for electrical work
excavating and backfilling. The work of this article is defined to include
whatever excavating and backfilling is necessary to install the electrical work.
Coordinate the work with other excavating and backfilling in the same area,
including dewatering, flood protection provisions and other temporary facilities.
Coordinate the work with other work in the same area, including other
underground services (existing and new), landscape development, paving and
floor slabs on grade. Coordinate with weather conditions and provide temporary
facilities needed for protection and proper performance of excavating and
backfilling.
2. Replacement of Other Work: Where it is necessary to remove and replace
landscape work, pavement, flooring and similar exposed finish work, engage the
original installer to install the replacement work; except where the work existed
prior to the work of this contract, engage only experienced and expert firms and
tradespersons to replace the work.
3. Existing Utilities: Locate and protect existing utilities and other underground
work in a manner which will ensure that no damage or service interruption will
result from excavating and backfilling.
4. Protect property from damage and persons from injury at excavations by using
forms, barricades, warnings and illumination.
I. PAINTING ELECTRICAL WORK:
1 16010-3 9154.1
ki
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
1. General: Electrical equipment shall have factory -applied painting systems which
shall meet the requirements of NEMA ICS 6. The work of this article shall
include general field painting of electrical work.
a. Coordinate the painting with the painting of other work of a similar nature
and comply with indicated color and color matching requirements. Except
as otherwise indicated, paint surfaces of electrical work which would
normally be painted in the application and exposure indicated.
2. Paint the following categories of electrical work which have not been fully
factory -finished, except paint over factory finish which is not an acceptable color: j
a. Ferrous metal except stainless steel.
b. Galvanized metal surfaces.
C. Aluminum surfaces which have not been specifically anodized as a final
finish.
3. Do not paint over nameplates on equipment, sliding/rotating shaft surfaces, non-
ferrous hardware/accessories/trim and similar items where painting would
normally be omitted.
ELECTRICAL STANDARDS, REGULATIONS AND SYMBOLS:
1. General: Comply with requirements of Division 1 as applicable to electrical
work.
2. Non -Referenced Standards: Industry standards, recognized to have applicability
to building construction and the work of this project, are hereby defined to be a
requirement of electrical work.
3. Applicable provisions of the following codes and standards are hereby imposed
on a general basis for electrical work:
a. ANSI - National Electrical Safety Code
b. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
C. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society
d. IPCEA - Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association
e. NEC - National Electrical Code: NFPA 70
16010-4
9154.1 1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
1
f. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association
g. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association
h. UL - Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
4. Electrical Symbols: Electrical contract drawings are diagrammatic and show
requirements by use of graphic symbols. In general, these are recognized
symbols of industry and engineering profession. Questions of meaning or intent
will be decided by Architect/Engineer.
a. Standard Symbols: Where not indicated, symbols used to show electrical
work are those of ANSI Y32.9 "Graphic Symbols for Electrical and
Layout Diagrams used in Architecture and Building Construction".
b. Listing of Symbols: Listing of specific graphic symbols used to show
electrical work on contract documents is shown on drawings.
K. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE:
1. General: The
overalls stem performances of electrical work are of even greater
Y
importance than the specified individual unit -of -work performances. Each unit
of electrical work has been designed and specified to perform at minimum levels
of output and efficiency and is intended to contribute to and be compatible with
the entire system. Compatibility of actual performances by electrical system
performances is the Contractor's responsibility.
2. Adjustments: Where it has been determined that electrical systems do not or will
not perform in compliance with the specified performances, adjustments or
corrections shall be made to the work as necessary to achieve required
performances.
L. ELECTRICAL WORK CLOSEOUT:
1. General: Refer to Division 1 for general closeout requirements. Maintain a daily
log of operational data on electrical equipment and systems through the closeout
period; record hours of operation, assigned personnel, power consumption and
similar information; submit copy to Owner.
2. Record Drawings: Maintain a blue -line set of electrical contract drawings and/or
shop drawings in clean, undamaged condition, for indication of major electrical
equipment or concealed lines located in position other than that shown on the
contract drawings. Mark-up whatever drawings are most capable of showing
installed conditions accurately. In general, record every substantive installation
of electrical work which previously is either not shown or shown inaccurately.
1 16010-5 9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
3. Instruction of Owner's Representative: In addition to specific training of Owner's
representative specified in individual sections of the specifications, instruct the
representative of the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of all
elements of the electrical systems. A competent representative of the Contractor
shall spend not less than one-half day in such formal instruction and shall spend
such additional time as directed by the Architect/Engineer to fully prepare the
Owner to operate and maintain the electrical systems.
4. System Tests: Tests shall be made on each component of each system for an
appropriate duration to demonstrate compliance with performance requirements.
Final corrections or adjustments to improve performances including noise and
vibration reductions, elimination of hazards, better response of controls and
signals and alarms shall be made as required. Measurements shall be recorded
as indicated in detailed sections of the specifications and in general shall include:
a. Current flowing in each phase and neutral conductor of each major branch
circuit at full load conditions.
b. Voltage levels, phase to phase and phase to neutral, of each major branch
circuit at no load and full load conditions.
5. Cleaning and Lubrication: After final testing of each electrical system, clean
system both externally and internally. Comply with manufacturer's instructions
for lubrication of both power and hand operated equipment. Touch-up minor
damage to factory -painted finishes.
6. Maintenance Manuals: Prepare maintenance manuals to include, as minimum,
the following information:
i
a. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations,
performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete
nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts.
b. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in,
and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control,
stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter
operating instructions.
C. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and
troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and
adjusting instructions.
d. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. I
I
16010-6 9154.1 1
11
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16
U
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
INot used.
fJ
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. GENERAL:
1. Except where more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with the product
manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, including handling,
anchorage, assembly, connection, cleaning, testing, charging, lubrication, start-
up, test operation and shut -down of operating equipment. Consult with
manufacturer's technical representatives for specific instructions on unique project
conditions.
B. ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN:
1. Verify final locations for rough -in with field measurements and with the
requirements of the tennis courts and fencing.
C. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION:
1. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of electrical systems,
materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements:
a. Coordinate connection of electrical systems with exterior underground and
overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing
regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies.
Provide required connection for each service.
b. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved
submittal data, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent
possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents,
recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic
form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system
requirements, refer conflict to the Architect.
END OF SECTION
1 16010-7 9154.1
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16
SECTION 16050 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Cable, Wiring and Connectors.
b. Electrical Raceways.
C. Electrical Boxes and Fittings.
d. Receptacles
e. Grounding Equipment.
C. RELATED WORK
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. SECTION 16010, ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
b. SECTION 16301, UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WORK.
C. SECTION 16425, PANELBOARDS.
d. SECTION 16500, LIGHTING.
16050-1 9154.1
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of their respective
product of types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory
use in similar service for not less than three (3) years.
2. Installer: A firm with at least three (3) years of successful installation experience
on projects with electrical installation work similar to that required for the work.
3. NEC Compliance: Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code" as
applicable to construction and installation of products required in this section.
4. UL and NEMA Compliance and Labeling: Provide products which have been
labeled by Underwriters Laboratories and have been certified to comply with UL
requirements:
E. SUBMITTALS:
1. General: Submit the following in accordance with conditions of the contract and
Division 1 requirements.
2. Product Data: Submit product data on the following products:
a. Cable, Wiring and Connectors.
b. Electrical Raceways.
C. Electrical Boxes and Fittings.
d. Receptacles
F. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
1. Cable, Wiring and Connectors:
a. Provide factory -wrapped waterproof flexible barrier material for covering
wire and cable on wood reels, where applicable; and weather resistant
fiberboard containers for factory -packaging of cable, wire and connectors,
to protect against physical damage in transit. Do not install damaged
cable, wire or connectors; remove from project site.
b. Store cable, wire and connectors in factory -installed coverings in a clean,
dry indoor space which provides protection against the weather.
16050-2 9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
I
2. Electrical Raceways:
a. Provide color -coded end -cap thread protectors on exposed threads of
threaded metal conduit.
b. Handle conduit and tubing carefully to prevent bending and end -damage,
and to avoid scoring finish.
C. Store pipe and tubing inside and protect from weather. When necessary
to store outdoors, elevate well above grade and enclose with durable,
watertight wrapping.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. CABLE AND WIRE:
1. Provide factory -fabricated wire or cable of the size, rating, material and type as
indicated for each service in compliance with UL 83. Where not indicated,
provide proper selection as determined by the work requiring the installation to
comply with NEC standards. Conductors shall be rated 600 volt of insulation
type THW, THWN, THHN, or USE installed in compliance with National
Electrical Code requirements:
2. Provide bonding conductors for sizes No. 8 AWG and smaller of solid bare
copper per ASTM B 1, and for sizes No. 6 AWG and larger stranded bare copper
per ASTM B 8.
3. No. 10 AWG and smaller diameter shall be solid copper; No. 8 AWG and larger
diameter shall be stranded copper.
4. Provide color coding for service, feeder, branch, and control circuit conductors.
Color shall be green for grounding conductors and white for neutrals. Color of
ungrounded conductors in voltage systems shall be as follows:
a. 120/240 volt, 1-phase:
(1) Phase - black.
r (2) Neutral - white.
B. CONNECTORS FOR CONDUCTORS:
1. Provide UL 486A, factory -fabricated, solderless, metal connectors of the size,
ampacity, rating, material, type and class as indicated for each service. Where
not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by the work requiring the
1 16050-3 9154.1
C.
IA
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
installation to comply with NEC standards. Provide insulating tape in compliance
with UL 510.
ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS:
1. Metal Conduit, Tubing and Fittings: Provide metal conduit, tubing and fittings
of type, grade, size and weight indicated for each service. Where type and grade
are not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by the work requiring
the installation to comply with NEC standards for wiring requirements.
a. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1, UL 6.
b. Intermediate Steel Conduit (Zinc Coated Steel): UL 1242.
C. Rigid Metal Conduit Fittings: UL 514B, cadmium- or zinc- coated
threaded type.
d. Liquid -Tight Flexible Metal Conduit: UL 360, provide liquid -tight
flexible metal conduit comprised of single strip, continuous, flexible,
interlocked, double -wrapped steel, galvanized inside and outside; forming
smooth internal wiring channel; with liquid -tight jacket of flexible
polyvinyl chloride.
e. Liquid -Tight Flexible Metal Conduit Fittings: FS W-F-406.
2. Nonmetallic Conduit, Ducts and Fittings: Provide nonmetallic conduit, ducts and
fittings of correct type, size and weight only where specifically indicated. Where
type and grade are not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by the
work requiring the installation to comply with NEC standards for electrical
raceways.
a. PVC Conduit and Tubing Fittings: NEMA TC2 and UL 651, Schedule
40 or 80 PVC.
b. Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT): NEMA TC13.
C. Underground PVC Plastic Utilities Duct: NEMA TC6. I
JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES:
1. Junction Boxes and Pull Boxes: UL 50 for boxes over 100 cubic inches volume, A
provide hot -dipped galvanized sheet steel with welded seams. Where necessary
to provide a rigid assembly, construct with internal structural steel bracing. Hot -
dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide boxes with screwed or bolted on covers
16050-4 9154.1 1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
of material same as box and shall be of size and shape to suit application. Cover
shall be gasketed.
E. ELECTRICAL OUTLET BOXES AND FITTINGS:
1. Weatherproof Outlet Boxes: Provide corrosion -resistant cast metal weatherproof
outlet wiring boxes, of types, shapes and sizes, with threaded conduit ends, cast
metal face plates with spring -hinged waterproof caps suitably configured for each
application, including faceplate gaskets and corrosion -resistant fasteners.
(r F. WIRING DEVICES:
■ 1. General: Provide factory -fabricated wiring devices, in types, colors and electrical
ratings for applications indicated and complying with NEMA Standards
Publication No. WD 1. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide proper
selection as determined by installer to fulfill wiring requirements, and comply
with NEC and NEMA standards for wiring devices. Provide receptacles with
isolated ground where indicated.
2. Receptacles:
a. Ground Fault Receptacle: Provide ground fault protected duplex
receptacle, Harvey Hubbell, Inc. No. GF-53621; Leviton Cat. No. 6899-I;
Pass and Seymour Cat. No. 2091-FI; Bryant Catalog No. GFR53FT-I.
Provide with cast aluminum weatherproof cover.
3. Control Stations: Provide heavy-duty oil -tight control stations mounted in cast
back boxes with stainless steel engraved plates. Provide all key operated selector
switches and all key operated push button stations with common keys. Provide
NEMA 4 enclosures. Square D Class 9001, Allen Bradley Bulletin 800H,
General Electric Type CR104P.
G. ELECTRICAL GROUNDING AND BONDING EQUIPMENT:
1. General: UL 467. Provide grounding products of types indicated and of sizes
and ratings as required by NEC. Provide all material required including but not
necessarily limited to, cable/wire, connectors, terminals (solderless lugs),
grounding rods/electrodes, bonding jumper braid and other items and accessories
needed for a complete installation. Where more than one type meets indicated
requirements, selection is installer's option. Where materials or components are
not otherwise indicated, provide products complying with NEC, and established
industry standards.
2. Electrical Grounding Conductors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide electrical
grounding conductors for grounding connections matching power supply wiring
1 16050-5 9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
1
materials except bare or green insulation and sized according to NEC. Equipment
grounding conductors shall have green insulation. Solid conductors shall comply
with ASTM B 3, stranded conductors with ASTM B 8.
3. Provide 3/4-inch diameter x 10 feet, copper clad steel ground rods.
4. Grounding Connectors: Provide listed and labeled grounding connectors for the
required materials. Provide high -conductivity plated pressure connector units or
exothermic welded connections.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. INSPECTION:
1. Installer must examine areas and conditions under which products are to be
installed and notify Architect/Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental to
proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer.
B. INSTALLATION:
1. Install products where indicated, and complying with applicable NEC installation
requirements and National Electrical Contractors Association's "Standard of
Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that
products comply with requirements and intended purposes.
C. CABLE, WIRE AND CONNECTORS:
1. Provide insulated conductors installed in conduit, except where specifically
indicated or specified otherwise or required by NEC to be installed otherwise.
Provide insulated equipment grounding conductor in feeder and branch circuits,
including lighting circuits. Grounding conductor shall be separate from electrical
system neutral conductor.
2. Coordinate cable and wire installation with electrical raceway and equipment
installation. Conductor sizes indicated are copper. Pull conductors together
where more than one is being installed. Use pulling means and lubricant that will
not damage conductor or raceway. Use splice and tap connectors which are
compatible with conductor material, and only in accessible junction, pull or outlet
boxes.
3. Install splice and tap connectors which possess equivalent or better mechanical
strength and insulation rating than conductors being spliced. Use splice and tap
connectors which are compatible with conductor material.
1nll
C_J
16050-6 9154.1 1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
4. Provide adequate length of conductors within electrical enclosures and train the
conductors to terminal points with no excess. Bundle multiple conductors, with
conductors larger than No. 10 AWG cabled in individual circuits. Make
terminations so there is no bare conductor at the terminal.
5. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in
accordance with manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Where
manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and
terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL 486A.
D. ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS:
1. Provide with complete electrical raceway system before installing conductors
within raceways. Provide support as required by NEC but within 1 foot of a
change in direction or connection to an enclosure, cover ends of empty conduit
to prevent entry of debris during rough -in, provide bonding type locknuts at
boxes. Conceal conduit, unless indicated otherwise within finished walls, ceilings
and floors. Run exposed conduits parallel or perpendicular to the building
structure, close to the ceiling or beams.
2. Use the following wiring methods:
a. Outdoors:
Intermediate metal conduit
Rigid metal conduit
Liquid -tight flexible metal conduit
3. Make bends and offsets so the inside diameter is not effectively reduced. Unless
otherwise indicated, keep the legs of a bend in the same plane and the straight
legs of offsets parallel.
4. Use raceway fittings that are of types compatible with the associated raceway and
suitable for the use and location. For intermediate steel conduit, use threaded
rigid steel conduit fittings except as otherwise indicated.
E. ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS:
1. Provide weatherproof outlet boxes for exterior locations exposed to moisture.
Sizes shall be adequate to meet NEC volume requirements, but not smaller than
sizes indicated. Remove knockouts only as required and plug unused openings.
2. Fasten boxes rigidly to substrate or structural surfaces to which they are to be
mounted, or solidly embed electrical boxes in concrete or masonry.
I
1 16050-7 9154.1
F
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
ELECTRICAL GROUNDING EQUIPMENT:
1. Install electrical grounding systems where shown, in accordance with applicable
portions of National Electrical Code, with National Electrical Contractors
Association's "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized
industry practices to ensure that products comply with requirements and serve,
intended functions.
2. Provide separate grounding conductor with wiring in all raceways.
3. Coordinate with other electrical work as necessary to interface installation of
electrical grounding system with other work.
4. Use exothermic welds or compression type connections for connections to ground
rods; Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations. Welds that are
puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not
acceptable. Coat underground connections with asphaltic paint.
5. Provide insulated copper ground conductors, sized as indicated, in conduit from
the main service equipment, or the ground bus, to driven ground rod.
6. Install clamp -on connectors only on thoroughly cleaned metal contact surfaces,
to ensure electrical conductivity and circuit integrity.
7. Locate ground rods a minimum of one -rod length from each other and at least the
same distance from any other grounding electrode. Interconnect ground rods with
bare conductors buried at least 24 inches below grade. Drive rods until tops are
6 inches below finished floor or final grade except as otherwise indicated.
END OF SECTION
1
t
I
16050-8 9154.1 11
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
SECTION 16301 - UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specifications sections apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Underground electrical work and cable terminations.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. SECTION 16010, ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
b. SECTION 16050, BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS.
C. SECTION 16425, PANELBOARDS.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of their respective
products of types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory
use in similar service for not less than five (5) years.
2. UL and NEMA Compliance and Labeling: Provide products which have been
labeled by Underwriters' Laboratories and have been certified to comply with UL
and NEMA requirements.
E. SUBMITTALS:
1. Product Data:
16301-1 9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
a. Conduit.
b. Cable.
2. Maintenance data products for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance manual
specified in Division 1.
F. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
1. Deliver equipment individually wrapped in factory -fabricated fiberboard type
containers.
2. Store in clean dry space. Protect units from dirt, fumes, water, construction
debris and traffic.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. CABLE AND CONDUCTORS:
1. General: Wire and cable conductor sizes are designed by American Wire Gauge
(AWG) and Thousands of Circular Mils (MCM). Conductor and conduit sizes
indicated are for copper conductors. Insulated conductors shall bear the date of
manufacture imprinted on the wire insulation with other identification. Wire and
cable manufactured more than 24 months before delivery to the job site shall not
be used.
2. Branch circuit conductors rated 600 volts and less shall conform to UL 854, Type
USE. Conductor size and number of conductors in each cable shall be as
indicated. Cable shall be color coded. Conductor identification shall be provided
within each enclosure where a tap, splice, or termination is made. Conductor
identification shall be by color -coded insulated conductors, plastic -coated self -
sticking printed markers, colored nylon cable ties and plates, or heat shrink type
sleeves.
3. Pull Wire: Shall be plastic, having a minimum tensile strength of 200 pounds.
4. Connectors and Terminals: Shall be designed and approved for use with the
associated conductor material, and shall provide a uniform compression over the
entire contact surface. Solderless terminal lugs shall be used on stranded
conductors.
5. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL 467. Ground rods shall be copperweld
type copper clad steel with diameter adequate to permit driving to full length of
the rod, but not less than 3/4-inch in diameter and 10 feet long unless otherwise
indicated.
16301-2 9154.1 1
!I
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. INSPECTION:
1. Installer must examine areas and conditions under which products are to be
installed, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper
completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer.
B. INSTALLATION:
1. Underground installation shall conform to ANSI C2 and NFPA 70 except as
otherwise specified or indicated.
C. CABLE INSTALLATION:
1. Test existing ducts with a mandrel and thoroughly swab out to remove foreign
material before the pulling of cables. Cable lubricants shall be lubricants
specifically recommended by the cable manufacturer. Cable -pulling tensions shall
not exceed the maximum pulling tension recommended by the cable manufacturer.
Do not exceed the specified cable bending radii when installing cable under any
conditions, including turnups into panelboards and lighting standards.
D. EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING:
1. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of whatever
substances encountered, to the depths indicated on the drawings or as required by
NEC. During excavation, material suitable for backfilling shall be piled in an
orderly manner a sufficient distance from the banks of the trench to avoid
overloading and to prevent slides or cave-ins. All excavated materials not
required or suitable for backfill shall be removed and wasted as directed by the
Owner. Such grading shall be done as may be necessary to prevent surface water
from flowing into trenches or other excavations, and any water accumulating
therein shall be removed by pumping or by other approved method. Such
sheeting and shoring shall be done as may be necessary for the protection of the
work and for the safety of personnel. Unless otherwise indicated, excavation
shall be by open cut except that short sections of a trench may be tunneled if, in
the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, the duct can be safely and properly
installed and backfill can be properly tamped in such tunnel sections.
2. Trench Excavations: Trenches shall be of necessary width for the proper laying
of the conduit or duct, and the banks shall be as nearly vertical as practicable.
The bottom of the trenches shall be accurately graded to provide uniform bearing
and support for each section of the duct on undisturbed soil at every point along
its entire length. Except where rock is encountered, care shall be taken not to
16301-3 9154.1
n
E.
F.
G.
H.
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
1
excavate below the depths indicated. Where rock excavations are required, the
rock shall be excavated to a minimum overdepth of 4 inches below the trench
depths indicated on the drawings or specified. Over -depths in the rock excavation
and authorized overdepths shall be backfilled with loose, granular, moist earth,
thoroughly tamped.
BACKFILLING TRENCHES:
1. Place backfill in layers not more than 6 inches thick, and compact each layer.
Backfilling shall progress as rapidly as the construction, testing, and acceptance
off the work permits. Backfill shall be free from roots, wood scrap material, and
other vegetable matter and refuse. Compaction of backfill shall be to 80 percent
of ASTM D 698 density. The first layer shall be earth or sand, free from
particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve and extending not less than
3 inches above the top of the conduit or cables. The succeeding layers shall be
excavated material having stones no larger than would pass through a 4-inch ring.
The backfill may be moistened. The backfill shall be level with the adjacent
surface, except that in sodded areas, leave a space equal to the thickness of the
sod.
CABLE TERMINATING:
1. Protect terminations of insulated power cables from accidental contact,
deterioration of coverings, and moisture by the use of terminating devices and
materials. Make terminations by using materials and methods indicated or
specified herein or as designated by the written instruction of the ,cable
manufacturer and termination kit manufacturer.
GROUNDING:
1. Noncurrent -carrying metallic parts associated with high -voltage electrical
equipment shall have a maximum resistance to solid earth ground not exceeding
10 ohms.
2. Grounding conductors shall be stranded -bare copper conforming to ASTM B 8,
Class B, for sizes No. 6 AWG and larger, and shall be solid -bare copper
conforming to ASTM B 1 for sizes No. 8 and smaller. Conduit and equipment
shall be grounded with No. 6 AWG.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: I
1. Furnish labor, equipment, and incidentals required for testing. Correct defects
in the work provided by the Contractor and repeat tests until the work is in
compliance with contract requirements. Show by demonstration in service that
lr,I
l
16301-4 9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
circuits and devices are in good operating condition. Tests shall be such that each
item of control equipment will function not less than five times.
2. Distribution Conductors 600-Volt Class: After wiring is completed and connected
ready for operation, but prior to placing systems in service and before any branch
circuit breakers are closed, perform insulation resistance tests in all circuits.
Measure the insulation resistance between conductors and between each conductor
and ground. Use an instrument capable of making measurements at an applied
potential of 500 volts. Take readings after the voltage has been applied for a
minimum of 1 minute. A resistance based on the allowable ampacity of the
conductor as fixed by NFPA 70 shall be as follows:
Amperes Ohms
25 through 50
.................... 250 000
51 through 100
.................... 100 000
101 through 200
.................... 50 000
201 through 400
..................... 25 000
401 through 800
..................... 12 000
Over 800
..................... 5 000
END OF SECTION
1
I
El
L]
1 16301-5 9154.1
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16
SECTION 16425 - PANELBOARDS
PART 1 -GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specifications sections apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Panelboards.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. SECTION 16010, ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
b. SECTION 16301, UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WORK.
C. SECTION 16050, BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of their respective
products of types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory
use in similar service for not less than five (5) years.
2. UL and NEMA Compliance and Labeling: Provide products which have been
labeled by Underwriters' Laboratories and have been certified to comply with UL
and NEMA requirements.
E. SUBMITTALS:
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on the following products:
16425-1 9154.1
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16
a. Panelboards.
b. Circuit Breakers.
2. Submittals shall include, but not be limited to the following:
a. Nameplate legends.
b. Size, number, and current rating of bus bars.
C. Short-circuit ratings of equipment components and whole assembly.
F. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
1. Deliver equipment individually wrapped in factory -fabricated fiberboard type
containers.
2. Store in clean dry spaces so condensation will not form. Protect units from dirt,
fumes, water, construction debris and traffic.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
a. Square D Co.
b. Westinghouse Electrical Corp.
C. General Electric Co.
d. Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc.
B. PANELBOARDS:
1. General: UL 67 and UL 50, panelboards required to be labeled "Suitable for
Service Entrance Equipment shall also conform to UL 869. Except as otherwise
indicated, provide circuit breaker equipped panelboards, enclosures and auxiliary
components of types, sizes, and ratings indicated. Where types, sizes, or ratings
are not otherwise indicated, comply with NEC and established industry standards
for applications indicated. Where "space only" is indicated, provide provisions
for future installation of breakers sized as indicated.
16425-2 9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
i
2. Panelboard Distribution Branch -Circuit Panelboards: Provide dead -front safety
type power distribution panelboards as indicated, with switching and protection
' devices in quantities, ratings, types, and arrangement shown; with anti -turn
solderless pressure type lug connections approved for copper conductors. Provide
panelboards with copper bus bars, full sized neutral with suitable lugs for each
outgoing branch circuit required. Breakers provided to feed lighting fixture
branch circuits shall be bolt -on type UL listed for switching duty rated for high
intensity discharge lamps. Provide isolated neutral bus and uninsulated ground
bar suitable for bolting to enclosures per UL 67, 120/240 volt, 1-phase, 3-wire.
3. Panelboard Enclosures: Coordinate enclosure with enclosure provided to house
lighting control equipment.
4. Circuit Breakers: UL 489 and NEMA AB l . Provide quick -make, quick -break,
bolt -on, thermal magnetic type having a minimum short-circuit rating equal to the
short-circuit current rating of the panelboard in which the circuit breaker will be
mounted. Provide multi -pole breakers with single operating handle so that an
overload in one pole automatically causes all poles to open.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. INSPECTION:
1. Installer must examine areas and conditions under which products are to be
installed, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper
completion of the work. Do no proceed with the work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer.
B. INSTALLATION OF PANELBOARDS:
1. Install panelboards and enclosures as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC standards and NEMA PB
1. 1, "General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of
Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less," and in compliance with recognized
industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements.
2. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with
equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment
connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated,
tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in
UL Stds 486A.
3. Fill out panelboard's circuit directory card with typed print upon completion of
installation work.
d
16425-3 9154.1
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16
C. ADJUST AND CLEAN:
1. Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. Clean interior and
exterior using manufacturer's approved methods and materials.
2. Touch-up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish.
D. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
1. Prior to energization of equipment, meter check phase -to -phase and phase -to -
ground insulation for proper resistance levels. Insulation resistance less than 100
MEG OHMS is not acceptable.
2. Prior to energization of circuitry, check electrical circuits for continuity and for
short-circuits. Provide ratio and polarity tests on current and voltage
transformers.
3. Subsequent to wire and cable hook-ups, energize and demonstrate functioning in
accordance with requirements.
END OF SECTION
16425-4 9154.1
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16
SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specifications sections apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Sports lighting.
b. Lighting controls.
C. Area lighting.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. SECTION 16010, ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
b. SECTION 16050, BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS.
C. SECTION 16301, UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WORK.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of their respective
products of types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory
use in similar service for not less than three (3) years.
2. Installer: A firm with at least three (3) years of successful installation experience
on projects with electrical installation work similar to that required for the work.
16500-1 9154.1
E.
F.
G.
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16
1
3. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Stds.
Pub/No.'s LE 1 and LE 2 pertaining to lighting equipment.
4. UL Compliance: Comply with UL standards, including UL 486A and B ,
pertaining to lighting fixtures. Provide lighting fixtures and components which
are UL-listed and labeled. Provide exterior fixtures with "Suitable for Wet
Location" label.
5. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 78,
"Lighting Protection Code," pertaining to installation of exterior lighting fixtures.
SUBMITTALS:
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions
on each type lighting fixture and component. #
2. Shop Drawings: Submit fixture shop drawings where specifically indicated in
booklet form with separate sheet for each lighting fixture assembly.
3. Sport Illumination Data: Provide isofootcandle (isolux) plot diagrams of
footcandles on the horizontal playing fields which show composite values of
illuminance projected from the arrangement of light sources from indicated fixture
locations and heights. Show on the graphic plots the locations, spacings and
heights of luminaires and maximum -minimum ratios for sports lighting.
4. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each lighting
fixture and accessory; including "trouble -shooting" maintenance guide. Include
that data, product data, and shop drawings in a maintenance manual; in
accordance with general requirements of Division 1.
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HAI LLll I V
1. Lighting
All Li htin Fixtures:
a. Deliver individually wrapped in factory -fabricated fiberboard type
containers.
b. Handle carefully to prevent damage. Damaged fixtures are not to be
installed. Replace and return damaged units to equipment manufacturer.
C. Store fixtures in a clean, dry space. Store in original cartons and protect
from dirt and debris, physical damage, weather and construction traffic.
EXTRA MATERIALS:
1
16500-2
9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
1. Furnish stock or replacement lamps amounting to 5 percent of each type
and size of metal halide lamp used. Deliver replacement stock as directed
to Owner's storage space, and obtain receipt.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. LIGHTING FIXTURES:
1. Provide lighting fixtures of sizes, types, and ratings indicated; complete with, but
not limited to, housings, lamps, lampholders, reflectors, ballasts, starters,
supports and wiring. Ship fixtures factory -assembled, with those components
required for a complete installation. Design fixtures with concealed hinges and
catches, with metal parts grounded as common unit.
2. Wiring: Provide electrical wiring within fixture suitable for connecting to branch
circuit.
3. High -Intensity -Discharge Lamp Ballasts: UL 1029 and ANSI C82.4. Provide
HID lamp ballasts, capable of operating lamp types with ratings indicated; remote
located, reactor type, high power -factor, core and coil assembly encapsulated in
non -melt resin; install capacitor outside ballast encapsulation for easy field
replacement.
4. Lamps: Provide 1000 watt clear/phosphor coated metal halide lamps in storts
lighting fixtures and 250 watt high pressure sodium. All HID lamps shall be
from the same manufacturer's lot.
5. Sports Lighting:
a. General: Fixtures must comply with minimum requirements as stated
PY �
herein. Review fixture installation condition including poles and standards
for compatibility.
TYPE DESCRIPTION
A/1-1000 Metal halide fixture, pole mounted sports lighting floodlight, one 1000
watt lamp, 240 volts, 1/8" thick thermal shock impact -resistant tempered
glass lens with gasket, stainless steel lens band and corrosion -resistant
latching, spun aluminum parabolic reflector with glare and spill reduction
shields and charcoal filter breather, integral or remote mounted ballast
with double fuses, integral aiming latch, NEMA beam type as indicated
on plans or as approved. Complete unit shall be UL listed and labeled
is "Suitable for Outdoor Wet Location Applications". Qualite Catalog No.
PS-STD-HO-1000W, or Hubbell Catalog No. SLG-1000H-1X5-F2-CBF.
1 16500-3 9154.1
10
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
6. Area Lighting Fixtures:
a. General: Fixtures must comply with minimum requirements as stated
herein. Review fixture installation condition including poles and standards
for compatibility.
TYPE DESCRIPTION
B/1-250 High pressure sodium fixture, pole mounted rectangular cutoff, one 250
watt lamp, 240 volts, impact resistant glass lens, rectangular housing,
medium bronze finish, 20 foot square straight pole, 10-inch mounting
arm, IES type III medium cutoff distribution, UL Listed and Labeled for
wet locations, Hubbell Catalog No. RCS-0250S-1P8-1 Fixture, SSP-420-6-
A-2-M5 1 -M20 Pole.
SPORTS LIGHTING STANDARDS/POLES:
1. General: Provide standards/poles of sizes, types and ratings indicated, complete
with, but not limited to, poles/standards, brackets, crossarms, mast arms, and
other components which with exterior lighting fixture will form a complete area
lighting system.
2. Metal Poles: Provide galvanized steel, tapered tubular seamless shaft poles, of
sizes and types indicated, with 1/4-inch bearing plates for direct burial mounting.
Provide pole with adequate sized reinforced handhole complete with matching
cover, 18 inches above grade level. Weld 1/2-inch grounding nut on shaft with
accessibility from handhole. Design poles to withstand loads developed by 100
mph wind pressure, as adjusted for height above ground level, structural shapes
and cable/wire loading. Provide accessories for metal poles, including crossarms,
bolts, lifting eyes, and nuts as recommended by pole manufacturer, of sizes and
materials needed to meet erection and loading application requirements.
3. Metal crossarms for sports lighting shall be fabricated of 3-inch x 2-inch x 1/8-
P g g
inch tubular steel, hot dip galvanized, secured to pole with corrosion resistant
bracket.
CONTACTORS: I
1. Lighting Contactor: Lighting contactors, shall be electrically held, 30 ampere,
2 or 4 pole, 240 volt contacts in NEMA 3R enclosure, Square D Company type
S.
1
1
16500-4 9154.1 1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
D. ENCLOSURE:
1. UL 50 Type 3R. Provide NEMA 3R weatherproof enclosure manufactured of 16
gauge G-90 grade galvanized steel. Provide cover with galvanized steel
continuous hinge with stainless steel pin and hasp and staple for padlocking.
Provide aluminum panel in the back of enclosure for mounting equipment.
Hoffman Catalog No. A-36R3612HCR/A-36P36, or equal.
E. PHOTO CONTROLS:
1. UL 773 or UL 773A. Provide hermetically sealed cadmium -sulfide cell rated 277
volts a. c. , 60 Hz with single -throw contacts or single pole double -throw (SPDT)
contacts for control of mechanically held contactors. Mount switch in a cast
weatherproof aluminum housing with swivel arm. The switch shall turn on below
3 footcandles and off at 3 to 10 footcandles. A time delay shall prevent
accidental switching from transient light sources. Mount a directional lens in
front of the cell to prevent fixed light sources from creating a turnoff condition.
Aim switch according to manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide lighting control
equipment of one of the following:
a. Fisher -Pierce Company.
b. Ripley Company, Inc.
C. Wide-Lite Corporation.
F. TIME CONTROLLED SWITCHES:
1. Provide electrically operated time controlled momentary contact switches with 24-
hour dials capable of periodically and automatically switching mechanically held
or electrically held contactors ON and OFF. Select switches which permit
selection of from 1 to 7 ON -OFF operations each day; 4 second ON pulse; 4
second OFF pulse; with coil ratings of 120 volts, 60 Hz, and with SPDT switch.
Provide timing switch with manual circuit by-pass switch, 10 hour reserve power,
and separate grounding terminal. Finish enclosure with manufacturer's standard
gray finish.
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements provide switches of one
of the following:
a. General Electric.
b. Intermatic.
1 16500-5 9154.1
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16 1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A.
C
INSPECTION:
1. Installer must examine areas and conditions under which lighting fixtures and
controls are to be installed and must notify Contractor in writing of those
conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with
work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES:
1. General: Install lighting fixtures of types indicated, where shown and at indicated
heights, in accordance with lighting fixture manufacturer's written instructions
and with recognized industry practices. Comply with NEMA standards and
requirements of National Electrical Code pertaining to installation of lighting
fixtures and with applicable portions of NECA's "Standards of Installation".
INSTALLATION OF POLES AND STANDARDS:
1. Install sports lighting units complete with poles/standards and products as
indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable
requirements of NEC, NESC and NEMA standards, and with recognized industry
practices to ensure that roadway and parking area lighting equipment fulfill
requirements.
2. Adjust poles as necessary to provide a permanent plumb vertical position with the
bracket arm in proper position for luminaire location. After installation, touch
up pole finish with paint suitable material furnished by pole manufacturer.
3. Direct Burial Pole Setting: Where poles and standards are indicated to be
embedded in soil, set to depth required for adequate structural support, in general
10 percent of overall pole length plus 2 feet, but not less than minimum 5'-6'
below finish grade. Poles in straight runs shall be in a straight line. Dig holes
large enough to permit the proper use of tampers to the full depth of the hole.
Place backfill in the hole in 6-inch maximum layers and thoroughly tamp. Place
surplus earth around the pole in a conical shape and pack tightly to drain water
away. Install pole on 6 inches of crushed rock. Backfill poles with crushed
limestone placed from the bottom of the hole to 18-inches below the top of the
hole. Place rock in 6-inch layers and thoroughly tamp.
SPORTS LIGHTING PERFORMANCE:
1. Lighting fixtures shall be operated for 12 hours continuously before tests are
conducted.
a
a
16500-6 9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
2. Tennis Courts: Provide installation to provide a maintained average horizontal
footcandle level of 20 footcandles, utilizing a light loss factor of .8. The
uniformity ratio of maximum to minimum footcandles of 3:1. Horizontal test
readings shall be made 36" above playing surface.
E. ADJUST AND CLEAN:
1. Clean lighting fixtures of dirt and debris upon completion of installation. Protect
installed fixtures from damage during remainder of construction period.
2. Do not install interior fixture lens until construction is complete or protect lens
from accumulation of dust and debris.
F. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
1. Test all lighting fixtures for compliance with intended purpose. Correct
malfunctioning or noisy units, then retest to demonstrate compliance.
2. At date of substantial completion, replace all lamps which are observed to be
noticeably dimmed as judged by the Architect/Engineer.
3. Aim adjustable lighting fixtures and lamps in night test of system. Aim fixtures
and lamps so that resultant illuminance values comply with isolux plot diagram
values or for even illumination.
4. Provide tests of sports lighting installation in a grid of 20'x 20' for the softball
field.
G. GROUNDING:
1. Provide tight equipment grounding connections to comply with tightening torques
specified in UL 486A for each lighting fixture.
2. Provide one ground rod per pole or standard approximately 3'-0" from base a
minimum of 1 foot below grade. Bond pole and lightning protection equipment
to the ground rod.
END OF SECTION
16500-7
9154.1
LIEUTEa orF URRAMADUML
MILLS, OLIVER & WEBB, INC.
ARCHITECTS ENGINEERS
200 COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE
PLAZA 1, BUILDING E
BLACKSBURG VIRGINIA 24060
703/552-2151 703/951-0219 (FAX)
Frederick County Planning Department
9 N. Loudoun Street
Winchester, VA 22601
DATE
5/11/93
JOe NO
9154.1
ATTENTION
Evan Wyatt
RE James Wood High School
Ridge Campus - Tennis Courts
GENTLEMEN:
WE ARE SENDING YOU X Attached ❑ Under separate cover via
❑ Prints ❑ Specifications ❑ Copy of letter ❑ Change order
L
the following items:
COPIES
DATE
NO.
DESCRIPTION
Master Site Plan
2
2
Drawings and Specifications
THESE ARE TRANSMITTED as checked below:
❑ For approval ❑ For your use ❑ As requested FX For review and comment O
REMARKS Dear Evan,
As discussed several days ago, the Frederick County School Board is adding
8 tennis courts to Ridge Campus. The site was actually graded for this purpose
when the school was first built, but funds were not available at that time.
Since this is such a small part of the overall site, I doubt that storm water
will be a problem. As always, I appreciate your help.
rely,
COPY TO
SIGNED:
If enclosures are not as noted, kindly notify us at
Phili#/ Pappas,
M
1
I
1
� Mills, Oliver & Webb, Inc.
200 Country Club Drive, Plaza One, Building E, Blacksburg, VA 24060
Tel: (703) 552-2151 FAX: (703) 951-0219
t
1
1
JAMES WOOD HIGH SCHOOL
RIDGE CAMPUS TENNIS COURTS
FREDERICK COUNTY, VIRGINIA
' MILLS, OLIVER & WEBB, INC.
ARCHITECTS - ENGINEERS
' BLACKSBURG, VIRGINIA
IAPRIL 23, 1993
SET NO. 010
00001-1
I
APRIL 23, 1993
II PROJECT MANUAL
JAMES WOOD HIGH SCHOOL
RIDGE CAMPUS TENNIS COURTS
f!
' MILLS, OLIVER & WEBB, INC.
ARCHITECTS/ENGINEERS
200 COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE
BLACKSBURG, VIRGINIA 24060
I
ICOMMISSION NO. 9154.1
1
Ll
1 00002-1
P
u
it
I
li
TABLE OF CONTENTS - 00003
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
00004 - DRAWING INDEX
00020 - INVITATION TO BID
00100 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00300 - FORM OF PROPOSAL
00500 - AGREEMENT (A101, AIA)
00610 - PERFORMANCE BOND (A311, AIA)
00620 - LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND (A311, AIA)
00630 - BID BOND (A310, AIA)
00650 - CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE (G705, AIA)
00700 - GENERAL CONDITIONS (A201, AIA)
00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
00900 - ADDENDA
SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01010 - SUMMARY OF THE WORK
01020 - ALLOWANCES
01027 - APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS
01300 - SUBMITTALS
01400 - QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES
01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
02200 - EARTHWORK
02270 - EROSION CONTROL
02512 - ATHLETIC ASPHALT PAVING
02513 - ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING
02520 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING
02831 - CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
02860 - PLAYFIELD EQUIPMENT
02900 - LAWNS AND PLANTING
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
NOT REQUIRED
00003-1 9154.1
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
NOT REQUIRED
DIVISION 5 - METALS
05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS
DIVISION 6 - 15
NOT REQUIRED
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16010 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
16050 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
16301 - UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WORK
16425 - PANELBOARDS
16500 - LIGHTING
00003-2 9154.1
DRAWING INDEX - 00004
SHEET
NO. TITLE
T1 TITLE SHEET
Cl SITE PLAN - TENNIS COURTS
C2 SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN, SCHEDULES AND DETAILS
00004-1 9154.1
INVITATION TO BID - 00020
d
I
I
h
L�
Mills, Oliver & Webb, Inc.
Architects and Engineers
200 Country Club Drive
Plaza 1, Building E
Blacksburg, Virginia 24060
(703) 552-2151
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
1. You are invited to bid on a general contract for eight lighted tennis courts and associated
work for James Wood High School, Ridge Campus, Frederick County, Virginia. All bids to
be on a lump sum basis.
2. Bids shall be received until 2:00 P.M. local prevailing time on May 13, 1993, in the
board room of the Frederick County School Board, 1415 Amherst Street, P. O. Box 3508,
Winchester, Virginia 22601, at which time they will be opened publicly and read aloud. Bids
received after this time will not be accepted. All interested parties are invited to attend.
3. Drawings and specifications may be examined at the Office of the Architect/Engineer, the
Frederick County School Board, and at the following locations:
Dodge Plan Room
Dodge Plan Room
The Plan Room
1301 York Rd.
2840 Electric Road
308 Turner Road, Suite D
Suite 103
Roanoke, VA 24018
Richmond, VA 23235
Heaver Plaza Bldg.
Lutherville, MD 21093
Dodge Plan Room
Builders' Exchange
Valley Const. News
2720 Enterprise Pkwy.
3207 Hermitage Rd.
428 W. Campbell Ave.
West Broad Pk.
Richmond, VA 23227
Roanoke, VA 24016
Richmond, VA 23229
Dodge Plan Room
Dodge Plan Room
Valley Const. News
7833 Walker Drive
Park Place One
904C High Street
Suite 430
7926 Jones Branch Dr.
Harrisonburg, VA 22801
Greenbelt, MD 20770
Suite 850
McLean, VA 22102
Valley Construction News
10754 Ambassador Drive
Suite 201
Manassas, VA 22110
00020-1 9154.1
1
11
1
4. Copies of the above documents may be obtained at the office of Mills, Oliver & Webb,
Inc., 200 Country Club Drive, Plaza 1, Building E, Blacksburg, Virginia 24060, in accordance
with the Instructions to Bidders. Application requesting drawings and specifications, together
with payment of $20.00 per set, should be sent to the Architect/Engineer. All deposits shall be
forfeited.
5. Bids shall be accompanied by a bid guarantee of not less than 5 % of the amount of the
bid, which may be a certified check or cashier's check, or a bid bond of 5 % of the amount of
the bid, made payable to the Frederick County School Board. A performance bond and material
and labor bond will be required and the cost shall be included in the bid price.
6. Bidders are required under Title 54, Chapter 7, Code of Virginia, to show evidence of
certificate of registration before bid may be received and considered on a general or subcontract
of $30,000 or more. All non-resident contractors and subcontractors bidding the work described
herein shall register with the Department of Labor and Industry under the provisions of Section
40-24.1 of the Code of Virginia.
7. The Owner reserves the right to waive irregularities and to reject any or all bids.
a. A pre -bid conference will be held at the main office of the James Wood High School,
Ridge Campus, Frederick County, Virginia, on May 6, 1993 at 10:00 A.M., to answer questions
and to explain any items requiring further clarification.
8. Bids shall be binding for- a period of thirty (30) days from the date on which bids are
opened.
Frederick County School Board
R. Thomas Malcolm
Division Superintendent
1 00020-2 9154.1
I
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS - 00100
Mills, Oliver & Webb, Inc.
Architects and Engineers
200 Country Club Drive
Plaza 1, Building E
Blacksburg, Virginia 24060
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
ITo be considered, bids must be made in accordance with these Instructions to Bidders.
IA. Documents
1. Prime contractors and all other subcontractors and material suppliers may obtain
drawings and specifications from the Architect/Engineer upon deposit of $20.00 per set. All
deposits shall be forfeited.
B. Examination
1. Bidders shall carefully examine the documents and the construction site to obtain first-
hand knowledge of existing conditions. Contractors will not be given extra payments for
conditions which can be determined by examining the site and documents.
C. Ouestions
1. Submit all questions about the drawings and specifications to the Architect/Engineer
in writing to 200 Country Club Drive, Plaza 1, Building E, Blacksburg, Virginia 24060.
Replies will be issued to all prime contractors, and others who have documents, as addenda to
the drawings and specifications and will become part of the contract. The Architect/Engineer
and Owner will not be responsible for oral clarification. Questions received less than four (4)
days before the bid opening cannot be answered by addenda. The Architect/Engineer will mail
or deliver addenda to all parties, but will not be held responsible for addenda not received.
D. Substitutions
1. Whenever in these specifications, or in the accompanying drawings, one or more
certain materials, trade names, manufacturer's or catalog numbers are mentioned, the same is
done merely for establishing a standard basis of quality, durability, and efficiency and not for
the purpose of limiting competition. Other makes may be accepted if, in the opinion of the
Architect/Engineer, they are equal in quality, durability and efficiency to those specified and are
of a design in harmony with the work as outlined, and the Architect/Engineer gives the
Contractor written approval of the change before the articles are ordered. The Contractor shall
submit all substitution requests in writing. Such requests shall be accompanied by complete
manufacturer's literature, specifications, and cuts covering the proposed substitute materials and
the manufacturer's recommended method of installation. Upon the request of the
00100-1 9154.1
r
I
[1
I
1
Ll
J
Architect/Engineer, the Contractor shall promptly submit such additional information, including
samples, as may be required by the Architect/Engineer to fully evaluate their properties. It shall
be understood that the burden of proof for an or equal material shall be on the Contractor.
E. Basis of Bid
1. The bidder must include the base bid, all additive or subtractive bid items, all unit
bid items and all other items shown on the bid forms; failure to comply may be cause for
rejection.
F. Preparation of Bids
1. Bids shall be made on unaltered bid forms furnished by the Architect/Engineer. Fill
in all blank spaces. Bids shall be signed with name typed below signature. Where bidder is a
corporation, bids must be signed with the legal name of the corporation, followed by the name
of the state of incorporation and the legal signature of an officer authorized to bind the
corporation to a contract.
2. No bids shall be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) days after the scheduled bid
opening time.
G. Bid Security
1. Bid security shall be made payable to the Frederick County School Board in the
amount of 5 % of the bid sum. Security shall be either certified check or bid bond issued by a
surety licensed to conduct business in the State of Virginia. The successful bidder's security will
be retained until he has signed the contract and furnished the required performance and payment
bonds. The owner reserves the right to retain the security of the next two lowest bidders until
the lowest bidder enters into contract or until thirty (30) days after the bid opening, whichever
is shorter. All other bid securities will be returned as soon as practicable. If any bidder refuses
to enter in a contract, the Owner will retain his bid security as liquidated damages, but not as
a penalty.
H. Performance and Labor Material Bonds
1. Each bidder must accompany his bid with a signed certificate from a surety company
acceptable to the Owner, that such surety company will provide the bidder, if awarded the
contract, with a proper performance and payment bond, covering up to the full amount of the
contract price as security for the faithful performance of all work under the contract and
payment of all charges in connection therewith. Cost of said bond to be included in base bid.
The failure of the bidder to whom the award is made to execute the agreement and supply the
required bonds within fifteen (15) days after award of contract or within such extended period
as the Owner may grant, shall constitute a default and the Owner may award the next lowest
bidder in succession and charge against the defaulting bidder the difference up to the total
amount of the bidder's bid security.
P
00100-2 9154.1
I
I. Submittal
I
1
I
1
it
1. Submit bid in a sealed opaque envelope. Identify the envelope with: A) Project
Name; B) Name of Bidder; C) Registered Virginia Contractor Number; D) Bid Date. If bids
are forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the bid must be enclosed in another
envelope addressed as specified in the Form of Proposal.
J. Modification and Withdrawals
1. Modification of bids already submitted will be considered if delivered prior to the
time fixed for opening of bids. Written modifications may be delivered by mail or by the bidder
personally or his properly identified representative or messenger. Telegraphic modifications will
be allowed if the Owner is satisfied that a written confirmation of the modifications over the
signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the closing time and subsequently received by the
Owner within two days after the closing time. Telephonic modifications will not be considered.
Modifications shall not reveal the original or revised bid.
K. State Sales Tax
1. Bidders should be aware of the sales tax as applicable to the State of Virginia.
L. Opening
1. Bids will be opened as called for in the Invitation to Bid.
IM. Award
I
1. The contract will be awarded to the lowest bidder complying with the conditions of
the Form of Proposal. The lowest bid does not necessarily refer to the lowest base bid, but the
lowest total bid comprising the base bid plus or minus any/or all of the bid items, and not
necessarily in the order in which they appear in the Form of Proposal.
N. Execution of Contract
1. The Owner reserves the right to accept any bid and to reject any and all bids, and to
waive any irregularities or informality in bids received whenever such waiver or rejection is in
his own best interest.
2. Each bidder shall be prepared, upon written notice of bid acceptance, to commence
work within fifteen (15) days following receipt of official written order from the Owner to
proceed, or on date stipulated in such order.
3. The accepted bidder shall assist and cooperate with the Owner in preparing the
Formal Contract Agreement between Owner and Contractor, Lump Sum, A.I.A. Document
A101, Latest Edition, and within fifteen (15) days following its presentation shall execute same
and return it to the Architect/Engineer for distribution to Owner.
1 00100-3 9154.1
I
O. State of Virginia Requirements
C
r,
I
I
I
I
11
I
I
The Code of ViLginia, Chapter 7, Section 11-51 requires each contract for more than $10,000
to include provisions 1 and 2 below:
1. During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows:
a. The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for
employment because of race, religion, color, sex or national origin, except
where religion, sex or national origin is a bona fide occupational
qualification reasonably necessary to the normal operation of the
Contractor. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places,
available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting
forth the provisions of the nondiscrimination clause.
b. The Contractor, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed
by or on behalf of the Contractor, will state that such Contractor is an
equal opportunity employer.
C. Notices, advertisements and solicitations placed in accordance with federal
law, rule or regulation shall be deemed sufficient for the purpose of
meeting the requirements of this section.
2. The Contractor will include the provisions of the foregoing paragraphs a, b, and c
in every subcontract or purchase order of over $10,000, so that the provisions will be binding
upon each subcontractor or vendor. (1982, C. 647.)
00100-4 9154.1
FORM OF PROPOSAL - 00300
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
R. Thomas Malcolm
Division Superintendent
Frederick County School Board
1415 Amherst Street
P. O. Box 3508
Winchester, Virginia 22601
Pursuant to an in accordance with your "Invitation to Bid" and "Instructions to Bidders" relating
thereto, the undersigned agrees to furnish all labor and materials and to perform all work
necessary for eight lighted tennis courts and associated work for James Wood High School,
Ridge Campus, Frederick County, Virginia, in accordance with the contract documents
(drawings, specifications, and addenda) as prepared by Mills, Oliver & Webb, Inc., Architects
tand Engineers, dated April 23, 1993, for the lump sum price of:
Dollars ($ )
In submitting this bid, I agree:
1. To hold my bid valid for a period of thirty (30) days.
2. To accept the provisions of the Instructions to Bidders regarding disposition of bid
security.
3. To enter into and execute a contract, if awarded on the basis of this bid, and to furnish
guarantee bonds in accordance with Article 11.4 of the General Conditions of this
contract.
4. To accomplish the work in accordance with the contract documents.
5. That I have examined the contract documents and the site.
00300-1 9154.1
I acknowledge receipt of the following addenda:
Number
Number
Number
Number
Dated
Dated
Dated
Dated
Registered as a contractor under Title 54, Chapter 7, Code of Virginia Certificate
Number
Name of Firm
Address
By _
Title
�I:IIC ITI
9154.1
STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR - 00500
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
A. General
1. The "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor", A.I.A. Form A101,
Current Edition, of the American Institute of Architects, is a part of this Project Manual to the same
extent as if bound herein. Copies of this document may be inspected at or received from the office of
the Architect/Engineer upon request.
I
9-1
1 00500-1 9154.1
PERFORMANCE BOND - 00610
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
A. General
1. The "Performance Bond", A.I.A. Form A311, Current Edition, of the American
Institute of Architects, is a part of this Project Manual to the same extent as if bound herein.
Copies of this document may be inspected at or received from the office of the Architect/
Engineer upon request.
00610-1 9154.1
LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND - 00620
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
A. General
1. The "Labor and Material Payment Bond", A.I.A. Form A311, Current Edition, of
the American Institute of Architects, is a part of these specifications to the same extent as if
bound herein. Copies of this document may be inspected at or received from the office of the
Architect/Engineer upon request.
00620-1 9154.1
BID BOND - 00630
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
A. General
1. The 'Bid Bond", A.I.A. Form A310, Current Edition, of the American Institute of
Architects, is a part of this Project Manual to the same extent as if bound herein. Copies of this
document may be inspected at or received from the office of the Architect/Engineer upon
request.
00630-1 9154.1
t
t
11
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE - 00650
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
A. General
1. The "Certificate of Insurance", A.I.A. Form G705, Current Edition, of the American
Institute of Architects, is a part of this Project Manual to the same extent as if bound herein.
Copies of this document may be inspected at or received from the office of the Architect/
Engineer upon request.
00650-1
9154.1
GENERAL CONDITIONS - 00700
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
A. General
1. The "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", A.I.A. Form A201,
Current Edition, of the American Institute of Architects, is a part of these specifications to the
same extent as if bound herein. Copies of this document may be inspected at or received from
the office of the Architect/Engineer upon request.
00700-1 9154.1
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - 00800
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
01. General Conditions:
The "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", A.I.A. Document A201,
Fourteenth Edition, August 1987, Articles 1-14, inclusive, are a part of the contract and are
incorporated herein.
02. Supplements:
The following supplements modify, change, delete, or add to the General Conditions.
Where any part of the General Conditions are modified or voided by these articles, the unaltered
provisions of that part shall remain in effect.
ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACTOR
3.9 Superintendent
3.9.2 New Subparagraph: "The Contractor's superintendents shall give special attention
to all phases of work nearing completion, and shall remain on the job, in active
control of work, until all phases of the work have been completed, tested,
cleared, and accepted by the Owner or his representative. "
3.12 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples:
3.12.12 New Subparagraph: "Shop drawings and samples shall be dated and shall
contain: name of project, description or names of equipment, materials and
items, and complete identification of locations at which materials or equipment
are to be installed." Cut sheets of materials showing items to be used shall be
submitted.
3.12.13 New Subparagraph: "Unless otherwise specified, the number of shop drawings
and the number of samples which the Contractor shall submit and, if necessary,
resubmit, is the number that the Contractor requires to be retained, plus two
which will be retained by the Architect/Engineer.
ARTICLE 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.2 Change Orders
7.2.3 Add: "In subparagraphs 7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.3 and 7.1.4, the allowance for
overhead and profit combined, included in the total cost to the Owner, shall be
based upon the following schedule: for the Contractor, for work performed by
00800-1 9154.1
his own forces, 20% of the cost; for the Contractor, for work not performed by
his own forces, 10 % of the cost; for subcontractors, for work performed by his
own forces, 20 % of the cost. Cost shall be limited to the following: cost of
materials, including sales tax and cost of delivery, cost of labor, including social
security, old -age and unemployment insurance (labor cost may include a pro rata
share of foreman's time only in case an extension of contract time is granted on
account of the change), workman's compensation insurance, rental value of power
tools and equipment. Overhead shall include the following: bond premiums,
supervision, superintendence, wages of timekeepers, watchmen and clerks, small
tools, incidentals, general office expenses, and all other expenses not included in
"cost". If the net value of a charge results in a credit from the Contractor or
subcontractor, the credit given shall be the net cost plus overhead and profit. The
cost as used herein shall include all items of labor, materials, and equipment."
ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
9.3 Application for Payment
9.3.4 New Subparagraph: "Amount payable monthly to be ninety-five percent (95 %)
of amount of work incorporated in building, including materials stored on the site
on the first day of the month; that the Owner at the time after 50 % of the work
has been completed, if he finds that satisfactory progress is being made, may
make any of the remaining progress payments in full."
ARTICLE 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
Add the following:
10.4 General
10.4.1 "All phases of work under this contract shall conform to the applicable
requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (Public Law 91-956) as
adopted by the U.S. Department of Labor and with the provisions of "Rules and
Regulations Governing Construction, Demolition, and All Excavation", as
adopted by the Safety Codes Commission of the Commonwealth of Virginia, 1966
(Amended 1970) and issued by the Department of Labor and Industry, P. O. Box
1814, Richmond, Virginia 23214."
ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE
11.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance
11.1.2 Delete in its entirety and substitute therefore: "The insurance required by
subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than any limits of liability
required by law or by those set forth below, whichever is greater, and shall
include contractual liability insurance as applicable to the Contractor's obligations
under paragraph 3.18."
1 00800-2 9154.1
1. The Contractor's comprehensive general liability insurance and automobile
liability shall be in an amount not less than one million dollars
($1,000,000) for injuries, including accidental death, to any one person
and subject to one million dollars ($1,000,000) on account of one
occurrence.
2. Property damage liability insurance shall be in an amount not less than
fifty -thousand dollars ($50,000)."
3. "Liability insurance should include all major divisions of coverage and
shall be on a comprehensive general basis, including:
1. Premises - Operations (Including X-C-U)
2. Owner's and Contractor's Protective
3. Products and Completed Operations
4. Contractual - Including specific provision for the Contractor's
obligations under paragraph 3.18."
11.1.3a New Subparagraph: "Furnish in duplicate certificates herein called for and
specifically set forth evidence of all coverage required by 11.1.1 and 11.1.2 and
the Contractor shall furnish to the Architect/Engineer copies of any endorsement
that is subsequently issued amending coverage or limits. "
00800-3 9154.1
ADDENDA - 00900
11
I
I
s
I
I
James Wood High School
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts
Frederick County, Virginia
00900-1 9154.1
ADDENDUM NUMBE
R 1
' James Wood High School Mills, Oliver & Webb, Inc.
Ridge Campus Tennis Courts Architects/Engineers
Frederick County, Virginia Blacksburg, Virginia
A/E Commission No. 9154.1
May 7, 1993
The following additions, deletions, and/or changes shall be incorporated into the drawings and
' specifications and shall become a part of the Contract Documents.
SPECIFICATIONS:
1. Section 1010 - Summary of The Work
Add the following:
P. ROCK EXCAVATION:
1. Material quantities and/or units of work allowances taken from assumed
rock profiles are listed below and are intended to specify the numbers on
which the contract sum will be figured. These unit prices include all costs
of material, labor, overhead and profit, and disposal of excess.
Adjustments to contract sum will be made by change order. Unit prices
to be used for calculating total adjustments in contract sum shall be. listed
below.
1 a. General Rock Excavation: $35.00 per cubic yard
b. Trench Rock Excavation: $60.00 per cubic yard
2. Adjustments to Allowance Quantities:
a. Trench rock quantity shall be based upon the widths
stated in the specifications.
' b. Rock excavation shall be defined as hard bed rock, boulders or
similar material requiring the use of rock drills and/or explosives
' for removal. The criteria for trench and footing rock shall be that
material which cannot be removed by a 3/4 CY track mounted
backhoe with a proper width bucket. The trench unit price shall
` only apply to material below the general grading level.
James Wood High School -Ridge Campus Tennis Courts Addendum No. 1
Frederick County, Virginia 1 May 7, 1993
C. When the overburden is removed and the rock surface is exposed,
the Architect/Engineer shall verify that the material is of a hardness
which qualifies it for classification as rock excavation. Actual
profiles shall then be taken. The net difference between the actual
rock excavation and that volume theoretically required below the
assumed rock profiles shall be applied times the contract unit price
for adjustment of the final payment.
DRAWINGS:
1. Sheet C1
In the access drive and parking paving section, SM-2AL asphalt surface coat material is
acceptable in lieu of SM-2A asphalt surface coat material.
The height of the chain link fence at the tennis courts is 10'- 0".
Revise conc walk/ramp detail as indicated in SK-1.
James Wood High School - Ridge Campus Tennis Courts Addendum No. 1
Frederick County, Virginia 2 May 7, 1993
a ,
9$00 — — -
$
- - - _-
- -- -- - -
a..
- lr�pM
_
SS °
SIGNS
5' RAMP (SLOPE 1:12 MAX) 4' WALK
SDO
O•
a
LANDING
a
5' RAMP (SLOPE 1:12 MAX)
O�
e. 11600 STD STEEL PIPE RAIL.
�p LANDING
`.0 , 5' RAMP (SLOPE 1:12 MAX)
O
.a
EXTEND HANDRAIL
12" BEYOND RAMP
•pp, a ' . (TYP)
CONC WALK/RAMP DETAIL
1 "=60.00'
SK MILLS,OLIVER �C EBB INCi J�� ,��� �+ ��� j211 '��i G�MI� DRAWN��,
' CoMM.No.1l5+-...�
ARCHITECTS, ENGINEERSI—
BLACKSDURG, VIRGINIA �p�igL GoUI� TY_ UI HATES
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF THE WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DEFINITIONS:
1. Whenever the term "Owner" is used in this specification or on the drawings, it
refers to the School Board of Frederick County, Virginia.
2. Whenever the term "Architect/Engineer" is used in this specification, it refers to
the architectural/engineering firm of Mills, Oliver & Webb, Inc., Blacksburg,
Virginia, who by contract with the Owner is authorized to prepare all drawings
and specifications and to administer the construction after award of the contract.
3. Wherever the term "Contractor" or "General Contractor" is used in this
specification, it refers to the contractor who by contract with the Owner is
responsible for furnishing of all labor and materials and performing all work as
described herein.
4. Wherever the term "existing" is used in this specification or on the drawing it
refers to work that currently exists.
C. WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT:
1. The work to be done hereunder includes the furnishing of all labor and materials
and performing all work for eight lighted tennis courts and associated work for
James Wood High School, Ridge Campus, for the Frederick County School
Board, Winchester, Virginia as indicated on the contract drawings and as
specified herein.
D. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE:
1. Work may proceed immediately following notice to proceed.
2. All work must be substantially complete by August 1, 1993.
01010-1 9154.1
E.
F.
1-0
H
I.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE:
1. Keep existing driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available
to the Owner and public at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or
storage of materials without prior approval from the Owner.
2. Do not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. Confine
stockpiling of materials and location of office, storage sheds, etc., to the areas
agreed upon with the Owner.
3. Lock automotive type vehicles, such as passenger cars and trucks and other
mechanized or motorized construction equipment, when parked and unattended,
so as to prevent unauthorized use.
OWNER OCCUPANCY DURING CONSTRUCTION:
1. The Owner will occupy the site and the existing building during the entire period
of construction. Cooperate fully with the Owner or his representative during
construction in order to minimize interference with the Owner's operations.
2. The Contractor shall provide barriers as required to protect the Owner and public
during construction operations.
BUILDING PERMIT:
1. The Contractor shall obtain required building permit and any other required
permits from Frederick County, Virginia. Electrical contractors shall pay for any
required permits and connection charges, etc.
REGISTRATION AND PAYMENT OF BOND: r
1. The attention of the bidder is called to Title 54, Chapter 7, Code of Virginia,
which requires evidence of Certificate of Registration before his bid may be
received on a general or subcontract of $30,000 or more.
2. In accordance with Section 11-58 of the Code of Virginia, each subcontractor or
material supplier shall provide the Prime Contractor, a payment bond for the full
amount of all contracts exceeding $100,000.00.
PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: I
1. After award of the contract, but before start of construction, the Contractor,
Owner, and Architect/Engineer shall meet at the site to discuss procedures to be
followed during construction.
01010-2 9154.1 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable)
END OF SECTION
01010-3 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
SECTION 01020 - ALLOWANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. ALLOWANCES:
1. Provide a general contingency cash allowance of $5,000.00.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable)
END OF SECTION
01020-1 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 1
L
J
SECTION 01027 - APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections, apply to
this Section.
B. SUMMARY:
1. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the
Contractor's Applications for Payment.
C. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT:
1. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and
payments as certified by the Architect and paid for by the Owner.
a. The initial Application for Payment, the Application for Payment at the
time of Substantial Completion, and the final Application for Payment
involve additional requirements.
2. Payment Application Times: Each progress payment date is as indicated in the
Agreement. The period of construction Work covered by each Application or
Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.
3. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 as the form for
Application for Payment.
4. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on the form, including
notarization and execution by person authorized to sign legal documents.
Incomplete applications will be returned without action.
a. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives
issued prior to the last day of the construction period covered by the
Application.
5. Transmittal: Submit 4 executed copies of each Application for Payment to the
Architect by means ensuring receipt within 24 hours; one copy shall be complete,
including waivers of lien and similar attachments, when required.
01027-1 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
6. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must
precede or coincide with submittal of the first Application for Payment include
the following:
a. Copies of building permits.
b. Copies of authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for
performance of the Work.
C. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
d. Performance and payment bonds.
e. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.
7. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance of the
Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment; this
application shall reflect any Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
a. Administrative actions and submittals that shall proceed or coincide with
this application include:
(1) Test/adjust/balance records.
(2) Application for reduction of retainage, and consent of surety.
(3) Advice on shifting insurance coverages.
8. Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals which must
precede or coincide with submittal of the final payment Application for Payment
include the following:
a. Completion of Project closeout requirements.
b. Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion.
C. Assurance that unsettled claims will be settled.
d. Assurance that Work not complete and accepted will be completed without
undue delay.
e. Transmittal of requirement Project construction records to Owner.
f. Proof that taxes, fees and similar obligations have been paid.
01027-2 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
g. Removal of temporary facilities and services.
h. Removal of surplus materials, rubbish and similar elements.
9. Waivers of Mechanics Liens: With Final Application for Payment, submit
waivers of mechanics lien from every entity who may lawfully be entitled to file
a mechanics lien arising out of the Contract, and related to the Work covered by
the payment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable)
END OF SECTION
01027-3 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1-GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
B. SUMMARY:
1. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project
meetings including but not limited to:
a. Pre -Construction Conference.
b. Progress Meetings.
C. PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE:
1. Schedule a Pre -construction Conference and organizational meeting at the Project
site no later than 7 days after execution of the Agreement and prior to
commencement of construction activities. Conduct the meeting to review
responsibilities and personnel assignments.
2. Attendees: The Owner, Architect/Engineer, the Contractor and its
superintendent, major subcontractors, represented at the conference by persons
familiar with and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress including such
topics as:
a. Tentative construction schedule.
b. Designation of responsible personnel.
C. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
d. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
e. Preparation of record documents.
f. Use of the premises.
01200-1 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 1 I
la
g. Safety procedures.
h. Working hours.
PROGRESS MEETINGS:
1. Conduct progress meetings at the Project site at regularly scheduled intervals.
Notify the Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates. Coordinate dates of
meetings with preparation of the payment request.
2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of the Owner and Architect, each
subcontractor, supplier or other entity concerned with current progress or
involved in planning, coordination or performance of future activities may be
represented at these meetings by persons familiar with the Project and authorized
to conclude matters relating to progress.
3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress
meeting. Review other items .of significance that could affect progress. Include
topics for discussion as appropriate to the current status of the Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last
meeting. Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's
Construction Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule.
Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure
commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule
revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will
be completed within the Contract Time.
4. Reporting: No later than 3 days after each progress meeting date, distribute
copies of minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties who
should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of
progress since the previous meeting and report.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise the construction schedule after each progress
meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized.
Issue the revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable)
END OF SECTION
I
1
r!
I
1
[I
Ll
01200-2 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to this
section.
B. SUMMARY:
1. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for submittals
required for performance of the Work, including:
a. Contractor's construction schedule.
b. Submittal schedule.
C. Daily construction reports.
d. Shop drawings.
e. Product data.
f. Samples.
2. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other Contract
Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals
include, but are not limited to:
a. Permits.
b. Applications for payment.
C. Performance and payment bonds.
d. Insurance certificates.
e. List of subcontractors.
3. The Schedule of Values submittal is included in Section "Applications for
Payment. "
4. Inspection and test reports are included in Section "Quality Control Services."
01300-1 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 1
C. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
1. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with
performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in
advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay.
I
I
a. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery,
other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity.
b. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements
of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review
submittals concurrently for coordination.
(1) The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal
requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals
are received.
C. Processing: Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be
delayed as a result of the time required to process submittals, including
time for resubmittals.
(1) Allow two weeks for initial review. Allow additional time if
processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent
submittals. The Architect will promptly advise the Contractor
when a submittal being processed must be delayed for
coordination.
(2) If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the
initial submittal.
(3) Allow two weeks for reprocessing each submittal.
(4) No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of
failure to transmit submittals to the Architect sufficiently in
advance of the Work to permit processing.
(5) Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on
each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity
that prepared each submittal on the label or title block.
(a) Provide a space approximately 4" x 5" on the label or
beside the title block on Shop Drawings to record the
Contractor's review and approval markings and the action
taken.
u
i�
01300-2 9154.1 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
(b) Include the following information on the label for
processing and recording action taken.
Project name.
Date.
Name and address of Architect.
Name and address of Contractor.
Name and address of Subcontractor.
Name and address of supplier.
Name of manufacturer.
Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
(6) Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for
transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor
to Architect using a transmittal form. Submittals received from
sources other than the Contractor will be returned without action.
(a) On the transmittal record relevant information and requests
for data. On the form, or separate sheet, record deviations
from Contract Document requirements, including minor
variations and limitations. Include Contractor's
certification that information complies with Contract
Document requirements.
D. DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS:
1. Prepare a daily construction report, recording the following information
concerning events at the site; and submit duplicate copies to the Architect at
weekly intervals.
a. List of subcontractors at the site.
b. Approximate count of personnel at the site.
C. High and low temperatures, general weather conditions.
d. Accidents and unusual events.
e. Meetings and significant decisions.
f. Stoppages, delays, shortages, losses.
g. Emergency procedures.
01300-3 9154.1
E.
I
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
h. Orders and request of governing authorities.
i. Change orders received, implemented.
j. Services connected, disconnected.
k. Equipment or system tests and start-ups. i
1. Partial completions, occupancies. ■
M. Substantial completions authorized. i
SHOP DRAWINGS: ■
1. Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. Highlight, encircle,
or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce
Contract Drawings or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings.
Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not
considered Shop Drawings.
2. Shop drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams,
schedules, patterns, templates and similar drawings. Include the following
information.
Dimensions.
Identification of products and materials included.
Compliance with specified standards.
Notation of coordination requirements.
Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
a. Submittal: Submit six copies of all items. Two copies will be retained
by Architect; four will be returned to the Contractor.
b. Do not use shop drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating
action taken in connection with construction.
3. Coordination drawings are a special type of shop drawing that show the
relationship and integration of different construction elements that require careful
coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in the space provided or
function as intended.
a. Preparation of coordination drawings is specified in section "Project
Coordination" and may include components previously shown in detail on
shop drawings or product data.
01300-4
9154.1 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
b. Submit coordination drawings for integration of different construction
elements. Show sequences and relationships of separate components to
avoid conflicts in use of space.
F. PRODUCT DATA:
1. Collect product data into a single submittal for each element of construction or
system. Product data includes printed information such as manufacturer's
installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing -in diagrams
and templates, standard wiring diagrams and performance curves. Where product
data must be specifically prepared because standard printed data is not suitable for
use, submit as "Shop Drawings".
a. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed
product data includes information on several products, some of which are
not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include
the following information:
Manufacturer's printed recommendations.
Compliance with recognized trade association standards.
Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
Application of testing agency labels and seals.
Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.
Notation of coordination requirements.
b. Do not submit product data until compliance with requirements of the
Contract Documents has been confirmed.
2. Submittals: Submit 6 copies of each required submittal; submit 4 copies where
required for maintenance manuals. The Architect will retain two and will return
the other marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required.
a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the
submittal may serve as the final submittal.
3. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors,
suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of
construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
a. Do not proceed with installation until an applicable copy of product data
is in the installer's possession.
b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of product data in connection with
construction.
1 01300-5 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 1 1
G. SAMPLES:
1. Submit full-size, fully fabricated samples cured and finished as specified and
physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include
partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of
materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture and pattern.
a. Mount, display, or package samples in the manner specified to facilitate
review of qualities indicated. Prepare samples to match Architect's
sample. Include the following:
Generic description of the sample.
Sample source.
Product name or name of manufacturer.
Compliance with recognized standards.
Availability and delivery time.
2. Submit samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for a final check
of these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these
characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered
and installed.
a. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that
illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly,
connections, operation and similar construction characteristics.
3. Preliminary Submittals: Where samples are for selection of color, pattern,
texture or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices, submit a full
set of choices for the material or product.
a. Preliminary submittals will be reviewed and returned with the Architect's
action indicated.
1
I
I
4. Maintain sets of samples, as returned, at the Project site, for quality comparisons
throughout the course of construction. I
a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the
submittal may serve as the final submittal.
b. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction
associated with each set.
5. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors,
manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and others as required for
performance of the Work. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
I
01300-6 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 1
a. Field samples specified in individual Sections are special types of samples.
Field samples are full-size examples erected on site to illustrate finishes,
coatings, or finish materials and to establish the standard by which the
Work will be judged.
(1) Comply with submittal requirements to the fullest extent possible.
Process transmittal forms to provide a record of activity.
H. ARCHITECT'S ACTION:
1. Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes, where action
and return is required or requested, the Architect will review each submittal,
mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly.
2. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility.
3. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self-
explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked to indicate the
action taken.
a. Do not permit submittals marked "Not Approved, Revise and Resubmit"
to be used at the Project site, or elsewhere where Work is in progress.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable)
END OF SECTION
01300-7 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 1
1
1
I
1
1
SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES
PART 1-GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. SUMMARY:
1. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for quality
control services.
2. Quality control services include inspections and tests and related actions including
reports, performed by independent agencies, governing authorities, and the
Contractor. They do not include Contract enforcement activities performed by
the Architect.
3. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor
of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements.
4. Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation
procedures, not production of standard products.
a. Specific quality control requirements for individual construction activities
are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Those
requirements, including inspections and tests, cover production of standard
products as well as customized fabrication and installation procedures.
b. Inspections, test and related actions specified are not intended to limit the
Contractor's quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with
Contract Document requirements.
C. Requirements for the Contractor to provide quality control services
required by the Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are
not limited by provisions of this Section.
C. RESPONSIBILITIES:
1. Contractor Responsibilities: The Contractor shall provide inspections, tests and
similar quality control services, specified in individual Specification Sections and
required by governing authorities, except where they are specifically indicated to
01400-1 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
be the Owner's responsibility, or are provided by another identified entity; these
services include those specified to be performed by an independent agency and
not by the Contractor. Costs for these services shall be included in the Contract
Sum.
a. The Contractor shall employ and pay an independent agency, to perform
specified quality control services.
b. The Owner will engage and pay for the services of an independent agency
to perform inspections and tests specified as the Owner's responsibility.
2. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of required
inspections, tests or similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate
compliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the
original test was the Contractor's responsibility.
a. Cost of retesting construction revised or replaced by the Contractor is the
Contractor's responsibility, where required tests were performed on
original construction.
3. Associated Services: The Contractor shall cooperate with agencies performing
required inspections, tests and similar services and provide reasonable auxiliary
services as requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to
permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include but are not
limited to:
a. Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities
necessary to facilitate inspections and tests.
b. Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that
require testing or assisting the agency in taking samples.
C. Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples, and delivery of
samples to testing laboratories.
d. Providing the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for
materials mixes that require control by the testing agency.
e. Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project site.
4. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent testing agency engaged to
perform inspections, sampling and testing of materials and construction specified
in individual Specification Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and
Contractor in performance of its duties, and shall provide qualified personnel to
perform required inspections and tests.
�i
I
1�
[1
fl
I
11
I
1
01400-2 9154.1
I
� E.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
a. The agency shall notify the Architect and Contractor promptly of
irregularities or deficiencies in the Work during performance of its
service.
b. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge
requirements of the Contract Documents, or approve or accept any portion
of the Work.
C. The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor.
SUBMITTALS:
1. The independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report of each
inspection, test or similar service, to the Architect, in duplicate, unless the
Contractor is responsible for the service. If the Contractor is responsible for the
service, submit a certified written report of each inspection, test, or similar
service through the Contractor, in duplicate.
a. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing
authority, when the authority so directs.
b. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test or similar service
shall include, but not be limited to:
Date of issue.
Project title and number.
Name, address and telephone number of testing agency.
Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
Names of individuals making the inspection or test.
Designation of the Work and test method.
Identification of the product and Specification Section.
Complete inspection or test data.
Test results and an interpretations of test results.
Ambient conditions at the time of sample -taking and testing.
Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested Work
complies with Contract Document requirements.
Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
Recommendations on retesting.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Qualification for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service
agencies, including independent testing laboratories, which are prequalified as
complying with "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory
01400-3
9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
Qualification" by the American Council of Independent Laboratories, and which
specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed.
a. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project
shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the State
in which the Project is located.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. REPAIR AND PROTECTION:
1. General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, and sample -taking and similar
services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to
eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed
finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for "Cutting and
Patching. "
2. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and
protect repaired construction.
3. Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the
assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services.
END OF SECTION
01400-4 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. SUMMARY:
1. This section specifies requirements or temporary services and facilities, including
utilities, construction and support facilities, security and protection.
2. Temporary utilities required include but are not limited to:
Water service and distribution (Contractor can use water at existing school).
Temporary electric power and light.
Telephone service.
3. Temporary construction and support facilities required include but are not limited
to:
Field offices and storage sheds.
Sanitary facilities, including drinking water.
Temporary enclosures.
Temporary Project identification signs and bulletin boards.
Waste disposal services.
Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.
4. Security and protection facilities required include but are not limited to:
Temporary fire protection.
Barricades, warning signs, lights.
Environmental protection.
C. QUALITY CONTROL:
1. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations
if authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to:
01500-1 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
I
Building code requirements.
Health and safety regulations.
Utility company regulations.
Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules.
Environment protection regulations.
2. Standards: Comply with NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and
Demolition Operations", ANSI-A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for
Construction and Demolition", and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary
Electrical Facilities."
a. Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and
Services", prepared jointly by AGC and ASC, for industry
recommendations.
b. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA and UL standards and
regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance
with National Electric Code (NFPA 70).
3. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
D. PROJECT CONDITIONS:
1. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in
appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire
prevention measures. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary
conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. EQUIPMENT:
1. General: Provide new equipment, if acceptable to the Architect, undamaged,
previously used equipment in serviceable condition may be used. Provide
equipment suitable for use intended.
2. Water Hoses: Provide 3/4" heavy-duty, abrasion -resistant, flexible rubber hoses
100 ft. long, with pressure rating greater than the maximum pressure of the water
distribution system; provide adjustable shut-off nozzles at hose discharge.
3. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured NEMA polarized outlets to
prevent insertion of 110-120 volt plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide
receptacle outlets equipped with ground -fault circuit interrupters, reset button and
pilot light, for connection of power tools and equipment.
1
11
I
1
11
I
I
01500-2 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION I
4. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords; use "hard -service"
cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to
connect separate lengths of electric cords, if single lengths will not reach areas
where construction activities are in progress.
5. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of
wattage required for adequate illumination. Provide exterior fixtures where
exposed to moisture.
6. Temporary Offices: Provide prefabricated or mobile units or similar job -built
construction with lockable entrances, operable windows and serviceable finishes.
Provide heated and air-conditioned units on foundations adequate for normal
loading.
7. Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self-contained single -occupant toilet units of the
chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented and fully
enclosed with a glass fiber reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent
material.
8. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations.
9. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand -carried, portable UL-rated, Class "A" fire
extinguishers for temporary office.
a. Comply with NFPA 10 and 241 for classification, extinguishing agent and
size required by location and class of fire exposure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A.
INSTALLATION:
1. Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities
where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference
with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.
2. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and
modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed.
TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION:
1. Temporary Lighting: Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill
security and protection requirements and provide adequate illumination for
construction operations and traffic conditions.
01500-3 9154.1
C.
I
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
2. Temporary Telephones: Provide temporary telephone service for all personnel
l
engaged in construction activities, throughout the construction period.
a. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION:
1. Locate field office, storage sheds, sanitary facilities and other temporary
construction and support facilities for easy access.
a. Maintain temporary construction and support facilities until near
Substantial Completion. Remove prior to Substantial Completion.
Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use
school facilities, under conditions acceptable to the Owner.
2. Field Office: Provide insulated, weathertight temporary offices of sufficient size
to accommodate office personnel at the Project site. Keep the office clean and
orderly for use for small progress meetings.
3. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Install storage and fabrication sheds, sized,
furnished and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved,
including temporary utility service.
4. Sanitary facilities to include temporary toilets, wash facilities and drinking water
fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for the type, number,
location, operation and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Install where i
facilities will best serve the Project's needs. •
a. Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar disposable
materials for each facility. Provide covered waste containers for used
material.
5. Toilets: Instal1 self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy. Use
of pit -type privies will not be permitted.
6. Drinking Water Facilities: Provide containerized tap -dispenser bottled -water type
drinking water units, including paper supply.
7. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and
elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of
combustible waste material and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not
hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 degrees F. (27 degrees Q. Handle
hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste
by containerizing properly. Dispose of material in a lawful manner.
I
01500-4 9154.1 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
1
[1
L�
L
I
Lj
D. SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION:
1. Except for use of permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change
over from use of temporary security and protection facilities to permanent
facilities until Substantial Completion, or longer as requested by the Architect.
2. Barricades, Warning Signs and Lights: Comply with standards and code
requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with
appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to inform personnel and the public
of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed provide
lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.
3. Enclosure Fence: Install where safety of personnel is involved.
a. Provide open -mesh, chain -link fencing with posts set in a compacted
mixture of gravel and earth.
4. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure of
partially completed areas of construction. Provide locking entrances to prevent
unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft and similar violations of security.
a. Storage: Where materials and equipment must be stored, and are of value
or attractive for theft, provide a secure lockup. Enforce discipline in
connection with the installation and release of material to minimize the
opportunity for theft and vandalism.
5. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities and
conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental
regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways and subsoil might
be contaminated or polluted, or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid
use of tools and equipment which produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise
making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons
near the site. Maintain existing erosion control devices.
END OF SECTION
I
01500-5 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provision of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections, apply to
this Section.
B. SUMMARY:
1. This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project
closeout, including but not limited to:
a. Inspection procedures.
b. Project record document submittal.
2. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the
appropriate sections in Divisions 2 through 16.
C. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION:
1. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of
Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
a. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the
date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for
the portion of the work claimed as substantially complete. Include
supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract
Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the
Contract Sum.
(1) If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of
incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and
reasons the work is not complete.
(2) Advise the Owner of pending insurance change -over requirements.
(3) Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance
agreements, final certifications and similar documents.
01700-1 9154.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
4 Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of
() g
the Work and access to services and utilities; include occupancy
permits, operating certificates and similar releases.
2. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect/
Engineer will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled
requirements. The Architect/Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial
Completion following inspection, or advise the Contractor of construction that
must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued.
a. Once the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued with a list
of unfulfilled requirements (punch list), the Architect/Engineer will repeat
inspection when requested and assured that the Work has been
substantially completed (up to a maximum of two times).
b. The General Contractor will reimburse the Architect/Engineer in advance
for all anticipated time and expenses incurred for providing any additional
inspections to verify that the punch list has been completed in its entirety.
C. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for
final acceptance.
D. FINAL ACCEPTANCE:
1. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of
final acceptance and final payment, complete the following.
a. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted.
b. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes
to the Contract Sum.
C. Submit a certified copy of the Architect/Engineer's final inspection list of
items to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been
completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been
endorsed and dated by the Architect/Engineer.
d. Submit consent of surety to final payment.
e. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with
insurance requirements.
I;1
I
[l
ij
01700-2 9154.1
I
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 1
I
I
I
1
I
u
1
I
11
P,
I
E. RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS:
1. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from
deterioration and loss in a secure, fire -resistive location; provide access to record
documents for the Architect/Engineer's reference during normal working hours.
2. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white -
prints of Contract Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where
the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark
whichever drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately.
Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure
and record at a later date.
a. Mark record set with red erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish
between variations in separate categories of the Work.
b. Mark new information that is important to the Owner, but was not shown
on Contract Drawings.
C. Note related Change Order numbers where applicable.
d. Organize record drawing sheets into a manageable set, bind with durable
paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification
on the cover.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES:
1. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for
protection of the work during construction.
2. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. Do not
burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's
property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage
systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful
manner.
END OF SECTION
I
01700-3 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. Extent of earthwork is indicated on drawings.
3. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Preparation of subgrade for walks, pavements and other improvements as
indicated on the drawings
b. Controlled fill
C. Stripping, stockpiling and spreading topsoil
d. Grading site to subgrade as indicated by contours, cross -sections and
details.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. Erosion control
b. Paving and surfacing - Refer to Section 02513 and Section 02512
C. Planting/seeding - Refer to Section 02900
02200-1 9154.1
In
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
JOB CONDITIONS:
1. Subsurface Investigation: A subsurface investigation was not performed.
Responsibility for the performance of the parking areas and drives is therefore
assumed by the Owner.
2. Existing topographic information is taken from a field survey prepared by Gilbert
W. Clifford & Associates, Winchester and Fredericksburg, VA, dated December
5, 1990.
3. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in areas of work by hand
dug test holes. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of
protection during earthwork operations.
a. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be
encountered during excavation, notify Architect/Engineer and Owner and
consult utility owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with Owner
and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in
operation. Obtain approval from Owner for any additional costs related
to non -emergency repairs prior to making such repairs. Repair damaged
utilities to satisfaction of utility owner.
b. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by
Owner or others, during occupied hours, except when permitted in writing
by Architect/Engineer and then only after acceptable temporary utility
services have been provided.
C. Provide minimum of 48-hour notice to utility owner and to Architect/
Engineer, and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting any
utility.
4. Use of Explosives: Use of explosives is not permitted.
5. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part
of this work and post with warning lights.
a. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction.
b. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements and other facilities from
damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout
and other hazards created by earthwork operations.
I
1
02200-2 9154.1 1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
6. Definitions:
a. Excavation consists of removal of material encountered to subgrade
elevations indicated and subsequent disposal of materials removed.
b. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated
subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of
Architect/Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work
directed by Architect/Engineer to correct such unauthorized excavations,
shall be at Contractor's expense.
1 Backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for
() authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise
directed by the Architect/Engineer.
C. Additional Excavation: When excavation has reached required subgrade
elevations, the soils engineer will make an inspection of conditions. If he
determines that bearing materials at required subgrade elevations are
unsuitable, continue excavation until suitable bearing materials are
encountered and replace excavated material with controlled fill as directed
by the soils engineer.
d. Subg_rade: The undisturbed earth or the compacted soil layer immediately
below granular subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.
e.Structure: Slabs, curbs, or other man-made stationary features occurring
above or below ground surface.
E. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Codes and Standards: Perform work in compliance with applicable requirements
of governing authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Testing and Inspection Service: An independent testing laboratory shall be
employed by the Owner to perform soil testing and inspection service for quality
control testing during earthwork operations.
3. Soils engineer of the testing agency shall be a registered engineer, geologist or
his representative, subject to approval by the Architect/Engineer, regularly
engaged in soils and foundation engineering with expertise in and full capability
to do all material analysis and supervision of earthwork operation.
4. The applicable standards and specifications of the Virginia Department of
Transportation.
02200-3 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
5. The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards listed.
F. SUBMITTALS:
1. Test Reports: Submit the following reports, in duplicate, directly to
Architect/Engineer from the testing services, with copy to the Owner and the
Contractor:
a. Test reports on borrow material.
b. Field reports; in -place soil density tests.
C. One optimum moisture -maximum density curve for each type of soil used
in the controlled fill.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. SOIL MATERIALS:
1. Definitions:
a. Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D
2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SM, SW and SP. The
plasticity index should not exceed 25 and liquid limit should not exceed
50.
b. Unsatisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM
D 2487 soil classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH,
and PT.
C. Satisfactory soil materials shall be free of clay, rock or gravel larger than
2" in any dimension for backfill and controlled fill material and 6" in any
dimension for general fill material and shall be free of all debris, waste,
frozen materials, vegetable and other deleterious matter, including mica
or graphite in quantities which affect the quality of the soil to the extent
of rendering it unsuitable, in the judgement of the soils engineer.
B. TOPSOIL:
1. Topsoil is to be free from organic material, rock or gravel larger than 2" in any
dimension, debris, waste, frozen material, vegetable and other deleterious matter.
I
02200-4 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. EXCAVATION:
1. General:
a. The soils engineer shall be present to observe all excavations, and shall
make recommendations as required.
b. The Contractor shall coordinate compaction requirement inspections with
soils engineer. All controlled fill which is placed in the absence of the
soils engineer shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
2. Excavation is unclassified and shall be bid as "earth," and includes excavation to
subgrade elevations indicated, regardless of character of materials and
obstructions encountered.
a. Excavation includes excavation of pavements and other obstructions visible
on ground surface; underground structures, utilities and other items
indicated to be demolished and removed.
3. Excavation for Pavements: Cut surface under pavements to comply with cross -
sections, elevations and grades as indicated.
4. Dewatering:
a. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into
excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area.
b. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to
prevent soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades. Provide and
maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and
other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away
from excavations.
C. Convey water removed from excavations and rain water to collecting or
run-off areas. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and
other diversions outside excavation limits.
5. Material Storage:
a. Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where directed, until required
for backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage.
b. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations.
02200-5 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
c
B. GRADING:
I
Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials as herein specified. I
1. General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section,
including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surface within specified
tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations
are shown, or between such points and existing grades.
2. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes, and as follows:
a. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Finish areas to receive topsoil to within not
more than 1 inch above or below required subgrade elevations.
b. Walks: Shape surface of areas under walks to line, grade and cross-
section, with finish surface not more than 1 inch above or below required
subgrade elevation.
C. Pavements: Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, grade and
cross-section, with finish surface not more than 1/2" above or below
required subgrade elevation.
3. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and indicated
percentage of maximum or relative density for each area classification.
4. Topsoil: After grading, spread and rough grade top soil to a minimum depth of
4 inches in grassed areas and/or where required. Finish grading to be done by
the landscape contractor.
5. Protection of Graded Areas:
a. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash
and debris.
b. Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to
specified tolerances.
C. CONTROLLED FILL:
1. General: Fill required to bring the site to the grades indicated shall be controlled
fill as herein specified.
2. Ground Surface Preparation:
02200-6 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
a. Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and
deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills.
Plow strip or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4
horizontal so that fill material will bond with existing surface.
b. When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under
"Compaction" for particular area classification, break up ground surface,
pulverize, moisture -condition to optimum moisture content, and compact
to required percentage of maximum dry density, at the direction of the
soils engineer.
fill is to be
C. Prior to placement of any fill, the area upon which material
placed shall be proofrolled with a loaded tandem -axle dump truck with a
minimum weight of 15 tons. Areas which exhibit excessive pumping shall
be undercut and replaced with controlled fill prior to placing any
additional lifts on the area.
d. Undercuts which encounter groundwater shall be filled with crusher -run
stone or VDOT 21-A and brought to subgrade in controlled lifts. Pumps
shall be utilized to control the water in the excavations.
3. Placement of Fill Material:
a. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose
depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not
more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand -
operated tampers.
ib. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide
moisture content to within 3 % of optimum. Compact each layer to
required percentage of maximum dry density for each area classification.
Do not place fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain
frost or ice.
C. Control soil and fill compaction, providing minimum percentage of density
specified for each area classification indicated herein.
d. Percentage of Maximum Dry Density Requirements: Compact soil to not
less than the following percentages of maximum dry density, in
accordance with ASTM D 1557 (Modified Proctor):
(1) Under sidewalks and pavements, compact each layer to 95 percent
maximum dry density (Modified Proctor).
1 02200-7 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
(2) Under lawn or unpaved areas, compact subgrade and each layer to
85 percent maximum dry density.
e. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be
moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface
of subgrade or layer of soil material. Apply water in minimum quantity
as necessary to prevent free water from appearing on surface during or
subsequent to compaction operations.
(1) Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is
too wet to permit compaction to specified density.
(2) Stockpile or spread soil material that has been removed because it
is too wet to permit compaction. Assist drying by discing,
harrowing, or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a
satisfactory value.
4. All areas from which material will be obtained for the construction of controlled
fill shall be laboratory tested and approved by the soils engineer before
proceeding with construction of the fill.
5. Compaction, Supervision and Testing:
a. Supervision by the soils engineer shall be continuous during all filling and
compacting operations so that he can certify that the fill was constructed
in accordance with these specifications. The soils engineer shall ensure
that the subgrade has been adequately prepared for filling, that acceptable
quality and quantity of fill material is used in each lift, that the specified
compaction is achieved in each lift, and that the proper size fill with
proper slopes is built. The above must be adhered to prior to the soils
engineer certifying that the controlled fill was constructed in accordance
with these specifications. A letter from the soils engineer, certifying
compliance with these specifications, shall be mailed to the
Architect/Engineer upon completion of the compaction.
b. The Contractor is responsible for notifying the soils engineer prior to
starting construction on a controlled fill. Ample lead time must be given
in order to facilitate coordination with the soils engineer. Absolutely no
filling shall be done unless coordinated with the soils engineer. All such
filling done in the absence of the soils engineer shall be removed and
replaced at the Contractor's expense.
C. Perform field density tests in accordance with ASTM D 2922, the nuclear
method. Density and moisture gages shall be laboratory calibrated in
accordance with ASTM D 2922 before beginning of work for each
02200-8 9154.1 1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
-1
I
a
a
L
I D.
R
J
t
different type of material used for fill and at intervals as necessary to
insure accurate readings. At the option of the soils engineer, tests may be
done in accordance with ASTM D 1556, Sand -Cone method.
d. The number and location of tests performed shall be at the direction of the
soils engineer, but not less than one field density test for every 2,500 sq.
ft. of area, and in no case fewer than four tests no further apart than 50
feet.
e. When the tests indicate that the density of any layer of fill or portion
thereof is below the required density, that layer or portion thereof shall be
rescarified, moistened, or dried as required, and recompacted until the
specified density has been obtained as determined by field tests.
f. Compaction shall be performed with sheepsfoot rollers, vibratory rollers,
pneumatic rollers, or any other type of roller or compaction equipment
acceptable to the soils engineer.
g. When filling operations are ceased due to weather (rain, freezing, snow,
etc.), construction shall not be resumed until the soils engineer or his
representative has verified that the soil strength has not been adversely
affected. If the soil strength has been decreased, then it shall be reworked
or removed prior to placement of another lift of material upon it.
h. The Contractor shall ensure that the site is properly graded to permit
adequate drainage during and after construction. The Contractor shall
control all surface water which will hinder construction and/or the quality
of the controlled fill. Water may be encountered which was not
anticipated, at which time the soils engineer will make recommendations
for its control and the Contractor shall meet or exceed these requirements
prior to the soils engineer certifying the work.
CERTIFICATIONS:
1. Certification of rough grading elevations by a registered civil engineer or land
surveyor shall certify that the general grading has been completed and that the
resulting grade elevations are in substantial conformity (not exceeding two -tenths
of a foot) with the site grading plan.
2. The soils engineer shall submit certification of all controlled fill in writing to the
Architect/Engineer as outlined in C5a above.
1 02200-9 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
E. DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS:
1. Remove waste materials, including unacceptable excavated material, trash and
debris and dispose of off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION
02200-10 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02270 - EROSION CONTROL
PART 1 -GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Erosion control devices as noted on drawings.
b. Temporary erosion control measures shall be removed at the completion
of the project.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. Earthwork - Section 02200
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. The Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook, latest edition, shall be
adhered to as part of this section.
2. The Virginia Department of Transportation (VDOT) Road and Bridge
Specifications, latest edition.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS:
1. General: Standards shall be in accordance with applicable provisions listed in
Part III of the Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook and applicable
02270-1 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
sections of the VDOT Road and Bridge Specifications (referenced to hereafter by
section).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. PERMITS:
1. Obtain necessary permits from state and local governing officials prior to
commencement of work.
B. INSTALLATION:
1. General: Construction methods shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions, applicable sections of the Virginia Department of Transportation
Road and Bridge Specifications, and the Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control
Handbook.
2. Install temporary and permanent structures as noted on the drawings.
3. Remove temporary structures per PART 1, B.2.b. above.
C. INSPECTIONS:
1. Land alteration inspections shall be conducted at the discretion of Frederick
County Engineering Department. Required inspections shall be made of the
ungraded land before the permit is issued and on termination of land alteration.
Termination is achieved by a written statement by Frederick County Engineering
Department that the permit holder has complied with the approved erosion and
sediment control plan and any governing ordinances.
END OF SECTION
02270-2 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02512 - ATHLETIC ASPHALT PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Asphalt paving of tennis courts.
b. Striping of tennis courts.
C. Fine grading of tennis courts.
d. See drawing for required slope of paved surfaces.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. SECTION 02513, ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING.
b. SECTION 02520, PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING.
C. SECTION 02831, CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES.
d. SECTION 02860, PLAYFIELD EQUIPMENT.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. All materials shall be by one supplier.
02512-1 9154.1
1�
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
1
E. SUBMITTALS:
1. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and
Division 1 specifications.
2. Product data and general recommendations from materials supplier.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS:
1. Hot Plant Mix:
a. General: Compacted subgrade, aggregate subbase, asphalt base and
asphalt surface course shall all comply with applicable provisions of
SECTION 02513, ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING.
2. Color Finish System:
a. Preparation: Surface course and sub -surface materials must have been
installed to proper slope requirements and specifications in accordance
with the U.S. Tennis Court and Track Builders Association Guide
Specifications and must be thoroughly cured for 30 days before application
of any filler or color finish materials.
b. Filling:
(1) Filler Coat: Once the surface is properly prepared and has been
cured, the next step is the application of the filler or mixture
materials as recommended by the manufacturer of the color finish
system. This is to achieve a uniform texture without ridges on the
court area, including patches or treated areas.
(2) One coat of asphalt resurfacer by the same manufacturer as the
color finish material (L.atexite Brand Tennis Surfaces or equal)
with clean water and clean silica sand, mixed and applied as
specified by the material manufacturer. The material shall be
agitated constantly while mixing and during application to assure
even texture and consistency on the surface. Patched areas may
require more than one application to achieve a uniform texture
without ridges.
C. Color Finish Material: Color finish material for the surface course shall
be System LT-13 as manufactured by Latexite Brand Tennis Surfaces.
The color finish material shall be compatible with the surface course
02512-2 9154.1 1
O SITE WORK DIVISION 2
material. for 2ears fromal. The manufacturer shall guarantee the a y
date of finished application against chalking, checking, fading,
discoloration, or other adverse effects from ultraviolet rays of the sun,
moisture or temperatures. The material shall be delivered to the
construction site in its original unopened containers clearly labeled with
trade name and name of manufacturer. The surface will receive three
color coats. The first two will be filler coats (color concentrate with clean
water and clean silica sand), mixed and applied as specified by the
material manufacturer. The third will be a finish coat and will contain a
lesser amount of sand. The material will be agitated constantly while
mixing and during application to assure even texture and consistency on
the surface. Each coat will be applied only after the preceding coat has
dried thoroughly.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
IA. INSTALLATION:
1. Hot Plant Mix:
a. Installation Equipment: Self-propelled paving with vibratory screed.
b. Rolling: Not less than 3 to 5 ton tandem steel wheel roller with working
water system.
C. Finish Rolling: Not less than 1 ton tandem steel wheel finish roller.
d. Flood Check: Any ponding or "bird baths" remaining after 45 minutes
which cover a five cent piece shall be filled prior to any further
applications. It should be noted that newly installed asphalt will have a
tendency to hold water in a capillary action caused by the fresh oils in the
surface materials.
2. Color Finish System:
a. Application of Color Finish: The color finish course shall be applied only
after the surface course is thoroughly dry. The color finish material shall
be applied to the surface course areas in multiple applications in the colors
selected by the Architect/Engineer so as to form a true, uniform texture
and color. Application work shall be performed by skilled mechanics in
a workmanlike manner in accordance with the manufacturer's standard
printed instructions; however, no work shall be performed when rain is
r imminent or when the temperature is below 55 degrees Fahrenheit.
11
02512-3 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
b. Playing Line: Base lines shall be four inches (4 inches) wide and playing
lines shall be two inches (2 inches) wide, accurately located and marked
in accordance with rules of the United States Tennis Association and
painted with a paint recommended or approved by the manufacturer of the
color finish material; use of traffic, oil, alkyd, or solvent -vehicle type
paint is prohibited. The painting shall be done by skilled mechanics in a
workmanlike manner in accordance with the manufacturer's standard
printed instructions.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
1. Clean all surfaces and protect from damage until acceptance by Owner.
END OF SECTION
02512-4 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
SECTION 02513 - ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 -GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provision of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Asphalt paving
b. Pavement markings
C. Repair and replacement of existing asphalt
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. Grading
b. Portland cement concrete
D. JOB CONDITIONS:
1. Weather Limitations: Apply prime and tack coats when ambient temperature is
above 50 degrees F (10 degrees C), and when temperature has not been below 35
degrees F (1 degree C) for 12 hours immediately prior to application. Do not
apply when base is wet or contains an excess of moisture.
a. Construct asphalt concrete surface course when atmospheric temperature
is above 40 degrees F (4 degrees C), and when base is dry. Base course
may be placed when air temperature is above 30 degrees F (-1 degree C)
and rising.
02513-1 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
2. Grade Control: Establish and maintain required lines and elevations.
E. SUBMITTALS:
1. Material Certificates: Provide copies of materials certificates signed by material
producer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with, or
exceeds, specified requirements.
F. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Virginia Department of Highways and Transportation (VDOT) Standards and
Specifications, latest edition.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS:
1. General: All materials shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of
VDOT Specifications, latest edition, referred to hereinafter by section.
2. Pavement:
a. Subgrade shall conform to Section 305.
b. Aggregate subbase course shall conform to Section 208, Type I, Size No.
21A.
C. Asphaltic base course shall conform to Sections 210 and 211.
d. Tack coat shall conform to Section 310, grade RC-70.
e. Prime coat shall conform to Section 311.
f. Seal coat shall conform to Section 312.
g. Surface treatment shall conform to Section 313.
h. Surface course shall conform to Table II-13 of Section 211.
3. Pavement marking material shall be white traffic marking type manufactured for
this purpose.
02513-2 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A.
1
1
1
1
SUBGRADE PREPARATION:
1. At the completion of excavation and grading work, the subgrade area to receive
paving shall be scarified to a depth of 6 inches for a minimum distance of 2 feet
beyond the edges of pavement on both sides. Spongy soil, rock, or other
unsuitable material shall be removed and replaced with approved material. The
subgrade shall be compacted at optimum moisture to the percentage of maximum
density as specified in section "Earthwork. " The subgrade shall then be shaped
to the section indicated and checked with a straightedge and shall not vary more
than 1/10 of a foot from the indicated grades or elevations. Subgrade shall be in
accordance with VDOT Section 305.
SURFACE PREPARATION:
1. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before
applying herbicide treatment or prime coat.
2. Proofroll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and areas requiring
additional compaction.
3. Notify Contractor of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not begin paving work until
deficient subbase areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving.
4. Sawcut edges of existing pavement or concrete where new paving is to meet
existing.
PRIlVIE AND TACK COATS:
1. Prime Coat: Apply at rate of 0.20 to 0.50 gal. per sq. yd., over compacted
subgrade. Apply material to penetrate and seal, but not flood surface. Cure and
dry as long as necessary to attain penetration and evaporation of volatile. Prime
coat shall be in conformance with Section 311.
2. Tack Coat: Apply to contact surfaces of previously constructed asphalt or
portland cement concrete and surfaces abutting or projecting into asphalt concrete
pavement. Distribute at rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gal. per. sq. yd. of surface. Tack
coat shall be in conformance with Section 310.
3. Allow to dry until at proper condition to receive paving.
4. Exercise care in applying bituminous materials to avoid smearing of adjoining
concrete surfaces. Remove and clean damaged surfaces.
02513-3 9154.1
La
rim
F
161
I
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
PLACING MIX:
1. General: Place asphalt concrete mixture on prepared surface, spread and strike -
off. Place inaccessible and small areas by hand. Place each course to required
grade, cross-section, and compacted thickness, in accordance with drawings and
Section 315.
2.
Paver Placing: Place in strips not less than 10 feet wide, unless otherwise
acceptable to Architect/Engineer. After first strip has been placed and rolled,
place succeeding strips and extend rolling to overlap previous strips. Complete
base course for a section before placing surface course.
3.
Joints: Make joints between old and new pavements, or between successive days'
work, to ensure continuous bond between adjoining work. Construct joints to
have same texture, density and smoothness as other sections of asphalt concrete
course. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat.
ROLLING:
1.
General: Begin rolling when mixture will bear roller weight without excessive
displacement. Rolling shall be in accordance with Section 315.
a. Compact mixture with hot hand tampers or vibrating plate compactors in
areas inaccessible to rollers.
2.
Patching: Remove and replace paving areas mixed with foreign materials and
defective areas. Cut-out such areas and fill with fresh, hot asphalt concrete.
Compact by rolling to maximum surface density and smoothness.
3.
do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until
Protection: After final rolling, pe
it has cooled and hardened.
4.
Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough
not to become marked.
SEAL COAT:
1.
General: Seal coating shall be applied to access drive and parking areas only.
Seal coating shall not begin until the surface is thoroughly compacted, cleaned of
all dust, mud and foreign matter and the section to be sealed has been accepted.
Seal coating shall be in conformance with Section 312.
PARKING STRIPES: I
1. Cleaning: Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust.
02513-4 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
H.
2. Striping: Use white chlorinated -rubber base traffic lane- marking paint, factory -
mixed, quick -drying, and non -bleeding.
a. Do not apply paint until layout and placement has been verified with
Architect/Engineer.
b. Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce 4" wide strips with
uniform straight edges.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
1. General: Test in -place asphalt concrete courses for compliance with requirements
for thickness and surface smoothness. Repair or remove and replace unacceptable
paving as directed by Architect/Engineer.
2. Thickness: In -place compacted thickness will not be acceptable if exceeding
following allowable variation from required thickness:
a. Base Course: 1/2", plus or minus
b. Surface Course: 1/4", plus or minus.
3. Surface Smoothness: Test finished surface of each asphalt concrete course for
smoothness, using 10' straightedge applied parallel with, and at right angles to
centerline of paved area. Surfaces will not be acceptable if exceeding the
following tolerances for smoothness. Check surface areas at intervals as directed
by Architect/Engineer.
a. Base Course Surface: 1/4".
b. Wearing Course Surface: 3/16".
C. Crowned Surfaces: Test with crowned template centered and at right
angle to crown. Maximum allowable variance from template, 1/4" .
4. Final Surface Inspection: The court surface shall be flooded with water and
allowed to drain; then if remaining water covers a 5 cent piece (American coin)
in any area, that area shall be patched and leveled. Reflooding and patching may
be necessary until "bird baths" are minimized.
END OF SECTION
02513-5 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
SECTION 02520 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provision of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Walk and ramp
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. Grading
b. Asphalt paving
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Virginia Department of Highways and Transportation (VDOT) Standards and
Specifications, latest edition.
2. Cast -in -place concrete shall comply with the Building Code Requirements for
Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318) and all applicable requirements of the
Specifications for Structural Concrete for Building (ACI 301).
3. The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards listed.
4. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
standards listed.
02520-1 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
E. JOB CONDITIONS:
1. Grade Control: Establish and maintain required lines and elevations.
2. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required
for other construction activities.
a. Coordinate with requirements for "Temporary Facilities" specified in
Division 1.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS:
1. Concrete (Air -Entrained):
a. Class "A" concrete, 4000 psi strength at twenty-eight (28) days.
b. Concrete walks and ramp shall be a minimum of 4" thick reinforced with
one layer of 6x6 - W1.4 x W1.4 welded wire fabric placed 1-1/2" from
the top surface of the concrete as indicated. Walks shall be placed over
4" of crushed stone.
C. Concrete walks and ramps shall have perpendicular broom finish. Edges
of walks and joints to have 1/8" tooled radius.
2. Forms: Steel, wood, or other suitable material of size and strength to resist
movement during concrete placement and to retain horizontal and vertical
alignment until removal. Use straight forms, free of distortion and defects.
a. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends
as required.
b. Coat forms with a nonstaining form release agent that will not discolor or
deface surface of concrete.
3. Welded Wire Mesh: Welded plain cold -drawn steel wire fabric, ASTM A 185.
a. Furnish in flat sheets, not rolls, unless otherwise acceptable to
Architect/Engineer.
4. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60.
5. Fabricated Bar Mats: Welded or clip -assembled steel bar or rod mats, ASTM A
184. Use ASTM A 615, Grade 60 steel bars, unless otherwise indicated.
02520-2 9154.1
� I
I
� I
IL
ff]
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
6. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60. Cut bars true to
length with ends square and free of burrs.
7. Expansion Joint Materials: One-half inch expansion joints to be asphalt
impregnated material, designed for the purpose, per ASTM 1752.
8. Antispalling Compound: Combination of boiled linseed oil and mineral spirits,
complying with AASHTO M-233.
9. Liquid -Membrane Forming and Sealing Curing Compound: Comply with ASTM
C 309, Type I, Class A unless other type acceptable to Architect/Engineer.
Moisture loss no more than 0.55 gr./sq. cm. when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal.
10. Bonding Compound: Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base, rewettable type.
11. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, 2-component material suitable for use on dry
or damp surfaces. Provide material "Type", "Grade", and "Class" to suit project
requirements.
B. CONCRETE MIX, DESIGN, AND TESTING:
1. Design mix to produce normal -weight concrete consisting of portland cement,
aggregate, water -reducing or high -range water -reducing admixture
(superplasticizer), air -entraining admixture, and water to produce the following
properties:
a. Compressive Strength: 4000 psi, minimum at 28 days, unless otherwise
indicated.
b. Slump Limits: 8 inches minimum for concrete containing high -range
water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer); 3 inches for other concrete.
C. Air Content: 5 to 8 percent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. SURFACE PREPARATION:
1. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before
placing concrete.
1 02520-3 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2 '
B. FORM CONSTRUCTION:
1. Set forms to required grades and lines, braced and secured. Install forms to
allow continuous progress of work and so that forms can remain in place at least
24 hours after concrete placement.
2. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to following tolerances:
Ir
a. Top of forms not more than 1/8-inch in 10 feet. '
b. Vertical face on longitudinal axis, not more than 1/4-inch in 10 feet.
3. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as required to ensure
separation from concrete without damage. ,
C. REINFORCEMENT:
1. Locate, place, and support reinforcement as specified in applicable ACI ,
publications.
D. CONCRETE PLACEMENT:
1. General: Comply with requirements of applicable ACI publications for mixing
and placing concrete, and as herein specified.
2. Do not place concrete until subbase and forms have been checked for line and '
grade. Moisten subbase if required to provide a uniform dampened condition at
time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other
structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment. '
3. Place concrete by methods that prevent segregation of mix. Consolidate concrete
along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with internal vibrator. Keep '
vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only
square -faced shovels for hand -spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care
to prevent dislocation of reinforcing, dowels, and joint devices.
a. Use bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against
hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces.
b. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse '
joints as far as possible. If interrupted for more than 1/2 hour, place a
construction joint.
C. Do not operate equipment on concrete until pavement has attained ,
sufficient strength to carry loads without injury.
02520-4 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
4. Fabricated Bar Mats: Keep mats clean and free from excessive rust, and handle
units to keep them flat and free of distortions. Straighten bends, kinks, and other
irregularities or replace units as required before placement. Set mats for a
minimum 2-inch overlap to adjacent mats.
a. Place concrete in 2 operations; strike off initial pour for entire width of
placement and to the required depth below finish surface. Lay fabricated
bar mats immediately in final position. Place top layer of concrete, strike
off, and screed.
b. Remove and replace portions of bottom layer of concrete that have been
placed more than 15 minutes without being covered by top layer or use
bonding agent if acceptable to Architect/Engineer.
' E. JOINTS:
1. General: Construct expansion, weakened -plane (contraction), and construction
joints true to line with face perpendicular to surface of concrete. Joints in walks
shall be spaced at an interval equal to walk width (5' max.). Construct transverse
joints at right angles to the centerline, unless otherwise indicated. When joining
existing structures, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints,
'
unless otherwise indicated.
2. Contraction Joints: Provide contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as
shown on drawings. Construct joints for a depth equal to at least 1/4 concrete
ithickness,
as follows:
a. Tooled Joints: Form contraction joints in fresh concrete by grooving top
portion with a recommended cutting tool and finishing edges with a
jointer.
b. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with powered saws equipped with
shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut joints into hardened
concrete as soon as surface will not be torn, abraded, or otherwise
damaged by cutting action.
C. Inserts: Use embedded strips of metal or sealed wood to form contraction
joints. Set strips into plastic concrete and carefully remove strips after
concrete is hardened.
3. Construction Joints: Place construction joints at end of placements and at
locations where placement operations are stopped for more than 1/2 hour, except
where such placements terminate at expansion joints.
1 02520-5 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
a. Construct joints as shown or, if not shown, use standard metal keyway -
section forms.
b. Where load transfer -slip dowel devices are used, install so that one end of
each dowel bar is free to move.
4. Expansion Joints: Provide premolded joint filler for expansion joints abutting
concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, and other fixed
objects, unless otherwise indicated.
n
a. Locate expansion joints at 50 feet O.C. for walks unless otherwise I
indicated.
b. Extend joint filler full width and depth of joint, not less than 1/2-inch nor
more than 1 inch below finished surface where joint sealer is indicated.
If no joint sealer, place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete
surface.
C. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths for full width being placed
wherever possible. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip
joint filler sections together.
d. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with a metal cap
or other temporary material. Remove protection after concrete has been
placed on both sides of joint.
5. Joint Filler and Sealants: Provide 1/2" thick premolded compressible joint filler
strips (ASTM D 1751). The perimeters of slabs at joints shall be free of fins,
rough edges, spalling, and other unsightly appearances. Sealant shall be
compatible with all adjacent materials, manufactured for this specific purpose.
F
d
7
F. CONCRETE FINISHING: I
1. After striking -off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screeding and
floating. Use hand methods only where mechanical floating is not possible.
Adjust floating to compact surface and produce uniform texture.
2. After floating, test surface for trueness with a 10-foot straightedge. Distribute
concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and refloat repaired areas
to provide a continuous smooth finish.
3. Work edges of slabs, walks, and formed joints with an edging tool, and round to
1/2-inch radius, unless otherwise indicated. Eliminate tool marks on concrete
surface.
02520-6 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
4.
After completion of floating and when excess moisture or surface sheen has
disappeared, complete troweling and finish surface as follows:
a. Broom finish by drawing a fine -hair broom across concrete surface
perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to provide
a fine line texture acceptable to Architect/Engineer.
(1) On inclined slab surfaces, provide a coarse, non -slip finish by
scoring surface with a stiff -bristled broom, perpendicular to line
of traffic.
After form
5.
Do not remove forms for 24 hours after concrete has been placed.
removal, clean ends of joints and point -up any minor honeycombed areas.
Remove and replace areas or sections with major defects, as directed by
Architect/Engineer.
'
G. CURING:
1.
Protect and cure finished concrete paving in compliance with applicable ACI
publications. Use approved moist -curing methods.
2.
Antispalling Treatment: Apply treatment to concrete surfaces no sooner than 28
'
days after placement, to clean, dry concrete free of oil, dirt, and other foreign
material. Apply curing and sealing compound at a maximum coverage rate of
300 s. f. per gallon. Apply antispalling compound in 2 sprayed applications.
First application at rate of 40 sq. yds. per gallon; second application, 60 sq. yds.
per gallon. Allow complete drying between applications.
H. REPAIRS
AND PROTECTIONS:
1.
Repair or replace broken or defective concrete, as directed by Architect/
Engineer.
2. Drill test cores where directed by Architect/Engineer when necessary to determine
magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory
pavement areas with portland cement concrete bonded to pavement with epoxy
adhesive.
3. Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude traffic from
pavement for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is
permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and
spillage of materials as they occur.
1 02520-7 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
a. Sweep concrete pavement and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt, and
other foreign material just before final inspection.
END OF SECTION
02520-8 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02831 - CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Galvanized steel chain link fence and gates.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. SECTION 02200, EARTHWORK.
b. SECTION 02512, ATHLETIC ASPHALT PAVING.
C. SECTION 02860, PLAYFIELD EQUIPMENT.
D. SUBMITTALS:
1. General: Submit the following in accordance with conditions of contract and
division 1 specification sections.
2. Product data in the form of manufacturer's technical data, specifications, and
installation instructions for fence and gate posts, fabric, gates, and accessories.
3. Shop drawings showing location of fence, gates, each post, and details of post
installation, extension arms, gate swing, hardware, and accessories.
E. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
02831-1 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
1. Single -Source Responsibility: Obtain chain link fences and gates as complete
units, including necessary erection accessories, fittings, and fastenings from a
single source or manufacturer.
2. Installation: Performed only by the manufacturer or an experienced chain link
fence installer approved by the manufacturer.
3. Materials and installation shall comply with the following standards:
a. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
b. Chain Link Manufacturers Institute (CLMI).
F. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
1. Deliver chain link fence materials in the manufacturer's original packaging with
tags and labels intact and legible.
2. Handle and store material to prevent damage and deterioration.
G. PROJECT CONDITIONS:
1. Do not begin chain link fencing installation before completion of final grading.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Galvanized steel fencing and fabric:
(1) American Chain Link Fence Company
(2) American Tube Company
(3) Anchor Fence, Inc.
(4) Capitol Wire and Fence Co., Inc.
(5) Century Tube Corp.
(6) Cyclone Fence Div./USX Corp.
02831-2 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
B. FABRIC:
' 1. Steel Fabric: Comply with Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (CLFMI)
Product Manual. Furnish one-piece fabric widths for fencing height.
a. Size: 1 3/4-inch mesh, 9-gage (0.148-inch diameter) uncoated wire.
b. Top and bottom selvage shall have a knuckle finish. Fabric shall be free
of barbs, icicles or other projections resulting from the galvanizing
process.
C. FRAMEWORK, FITTINGS AND GATES:
1. Line, terminal, and pull posts; top, middle, bottom rails or braces; gate frame
materials shall be Schedule 40 pipe with 1.8 ounce per square foot zinc coating
conforming to the Standard Specification for Black and Hot -Dipped Zinc Coated
' (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Ordinary Uses, ASTM A-120.
2. Line Posts: Line posts shall be 2.375 inches O.D. round steel posts weighing
3.65 lbs. per linear foot. These posts shall not be splice welded in such a manner
that the weld appears above the grade line. The chain link fabric shall be tied to
the line posts with No. 9 gauge soft annealed galvanized steel tie wire.
3. Terminal and Gate Posts: Terminal and gate posts shall be 2.875 inches O.D.
Steel Round Posts weighing 5.79 lbs. per linear foot. These posts shall not be
splice welded in such a manner that the weld appears above the grade line.
4. Terminal and Gate Post Fittings: Terminal and gate post fittings, including
tension bands, brace connections and top rail connections, shall be No. 14 gauge,
hot -dipped galvanized, cold -rolled, carbon steel. Top rail, brace and truss bands
shall not be less than three quarter inch (3/4") wide, secured by five -sixteenths
(5/ 16") by three-quarters inch (3/4") and not less than two inches (2") shorter
than the nominal height of the fabric with which they are to be used. One tension
bar shall be provided for each end and gate post, and two for each corner and
pull post.
5. Bottom Tension Wire: Bottom tension wires shall be 7 gauge galvanized steel
marcelled wire, ASTM Designation A-824-84.
6. Post Tops: Tops of line posts shall be of a steel or aluminum casting capable of
providing a through passage for top rail. Terminal post tops shall be of a steel
or aluminum casting and be designed so as to exclude all moisture from the
terminal post.
1 02831-3 9154.1
I
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
7. Gates: Gates shall be four feet (4') and ten feet (10') wide and constructed and
hung where indicated on drawings. Frames shall be constructed of 1.900" O.D. ,
round steel pipe weighing 2.72 lbs. per lineal foot.
Gate frames shall be welded or alternately shall utilize corner fittings of heavy
malleable iron or pressed steel securely riveted to the frame. Fabric matching the
fence fabric shall be installed in the frame by means of tension bars and hook
bolts. Frames having corner fittings shall be equipped with adjustable truss rods
having a diameter of three -eighths (3/8") inch. Hinges shall be of adequate
strength to support the gate and have large bearing surfaces for clamping in
position. Under no conditions of use or abuse shall the hinges twist or turn under
the action of the gate. Gates shall be capable of being opened and closed quickly
and easily by one (1) person. Gates shall be equipped with a positive latching
device that will accommodate padlocking. A plunger rod, catch and semi-
automatic outer catch shall be installed on drive gates so as to secure gate in an
open position. Hinges, latches and catches shall be one of the manufacturer's '
standard designs as selected and approved by the architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. INSPECTION:
1. Examine final grades and installation conditions. Do not start chain link fence ,
system work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
B. PREPARATION:
1. Lay out complete fence line.
2. Locate and mark post positions. Space line posts equally and at maximum 10'-0"
on center spacing.
3. Provide corner posts at positions where fence changes direction more than 10
degrees. '
C. INSTALLATION:
1. General: Install fence in compliance with ASTM F 567. Do not begin
installation and erection before final grading is completed, unless otherwise
permitted.
a. Apply fabric to courtside of framework.
b. Bottom of fence fabric shall be 3/4 inch above court surface.
02831-4 9154.1 1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
2. Excavation: Drill or hand -excavate holes for posts in firm, undisturbed or
compacted soil.
a. Excavate holes for each post to minimum diameter recommended by fence
manufacturer, but not less than 4 times largest cross-section of post.
b. Excavate hole depths approximately 3 inches lower than post bottom, with
bottom of posts set not less than 36-inches below finish grade surface.
3. Setting Posts: Center and align posts in holes 3 inches above bottom of
excavation. Space maximum 10 feet o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
a. Concrete footings shall have a design mix of 2500 PSI.
b. Protect portion of posts above ground from concrete splatter. Place
concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Check each
post for vertical and top alignment, and hold in position during placement
and finishing operations.
(1) Unless noted, extend concrete footings 2-inches above grade and
trowel to a crown to shed water.
(2) Top of concrete footings for posts within the tennis court paving
shall be placed 3-inches below the surface paving.
4. Top Rails: Run rail continuously through line post caps, and at other, posts
terminating into rail end attached to posts or post caps fabricated to receive rail.
Provide expansion couplings as recommended by fencing manufacturer.
5. Center Rails: Provide center rails where indicated. Install in one piece between
posts and flush with post on fabric side, using rail ends and special offset fittings
where necessary.
6. Brace Assemblies: Braces shall be installed midway between top rail and court
surface and extend from each terminal post to the first adjacent line post. Braces
shall be securely fastened to posts by heavy pressed steel connections and also be
trussed from line post back to terminal post with five -sixteenths (5/16") inch
round truss rod complete with tightening turnbuckle.
7. Bottom Tension Wire: Install tension wire within 6-inches of bottom of fabric
before stretching fabric and tie to each post with not less than same gage and type
of wire. Pull wire taut, without sags. Fasten fabric to tension wire with 11-gage
hog rings of same material and finish as fabric wire, spaced maximum 2-inches
o.c.
u
1 02831-5 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
8. Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through or clamp to fabric 4-inches o.c., and
secure to end, corner, pull, and gate posts with tension bands spaced not over 15-
inches o.c.
9. Tie Wires: Use U-shaped wire of proper length to secure fabric firmly to posts
and rails with ends twisted at least 2 full turns. Bend ends of wire to minimize
hazard to persons or clothing.
a. Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to line posts 12-inches o.c. and to rails and
braces 24-inches o.c.
10. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and hardware bolts on side of fence
opposite fabric side. Penn ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of
nuts.
11. Gates: Install gates plumb, level, and secure for full opening without
interference. Install ground -set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware
for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary.
END OF SECTION
02831-6 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
SECTION 02860 - PLAYFIELD EQUIPMENT
PART 1 -GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Tennis equipment.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. SECTION 02512, ATHLETIC ASPHALT PAVING.
b. SECTION 02513, ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING.
C. SECTION 02831, CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES.
d. SECTION 02900, LAWNS AND PLANTING.
D. SUBMITTALS:
1. Product data.
2. Shop drawing.
E. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
1. Store products in a protected area until ready for installation.
02860-1 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
F. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain equipment from single source or
manufacturer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. TENNIS EQUIPMENT:
1. Douglas Premier RD tennis post (one pair), or equal.
2. Douglas #TN-36 tennis net (42'), or equal.
3. Provide required accessories for a complete installation.
4. Footing to be per manufacturer's specifications and recommendations.
5. Provide all of the above for each tennis court.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. INSPECTION:
1. Contractor shall inspect all areas to receive equipment. Do not install equipment
until areas are acceptable.
B. INSTALLATION:
1. All equipment shall be installed per manufacturer's specifications and
recommendations. Locations for installation shall be as shown or as directed.
2. Footings for tennis posts to be held 3 inches below finished paving.
C. CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
1. Clean all equipment after installation and protect equipment until acceptance by
Owner.
END OF SECTION
02860-2 9154.1
i
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
i
SECTION 02900 - LAWNS AND PLANTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Federal
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Seeding: Fertilizing, liming, and mulching; preparation and planting,
complete - includes areas disturbed by utility lines
b. Fine grading
C. This section applies to all disturbed areas
d. Contractor shall mean landscape contractor unless otherwise specified.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. Preparation of subgrade
b. Walks.
D. GUARANTEE:
1. Guarantee all planting for 1 year upon completion of work and acceptance by the
Owner.
02900-1 9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS:
1. Plant Materials: Grass seed.
a. Grass seed shall consist of pure, live, certified grass seed mixture of
recleaned seed of the latest crop, and containing weed seed less than 0.5 %
by weight of the total mixture.
b. Seed mixture shall consist of the following analysis:
S ies % By Weight
Kentucky 31 Fescue 100 %
2. Fertilizer:
a. Fertilizer shall be commercially -prepared, granular, and completely
balanced with all plant nutrients.
b. Fertilizer shall be uniform in composition, dry, and free -flowing.
C. Fertilizer for lawn areas shall be of 10-10-10 analysis (percentage by
weight):
10 % Nitrogen
10 % Phosphorus
10 % Potassium
Fertilizer shall be applied to lawn areas at the rate of 25 lbs. per 1000 sq.
ft.
3. Limestone:
a. Limestone shall be raw, ground, agricultural limestone containing not less
than 90 % calcium carbonate.
4. Mulch:
a. Mulch shall be fresh, clean wheat straw with non -asphaltic tackifier.
02900-2
9154.1
SITE WORK
DIVISION 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. PREPARATION:
1. Fine Grading:
a. Immediately following placement of topsoil, the entire area shall be
disked, and raked free of stones and debris over 1/2-inch in any
dimension. All such stone and debris shall be removed from the
premises.
2. The finished surface shall be true to grades shown on the drawings, with a
maximum tolerance of 0.1-foot and ready for seeding and free of any depressions
or high spots which would hold water or interfere with the intended use.
B. PLANTING SEED:
1. Sow seed uniformly at the rate of 8 lbs. of pure live seed mixture per 1000 sq.
ft., divided in half and sown in cross directions.
C. FERTILIZER:
1. Fertilizer shall be applied to lawn areas at the rate of 25 lbs. per 1000 sq. ft.
D. LIMESTONE:
1. Limestone is to be applied to all seeded areas at the rate of 100 lbs. per 1000 sq.
ft. and worked into the top 2 inches of soil or as needed to attain a pH value of
6.5.
E. MULCH:
1. Apply mulch of loose straw uniformly, approximately three straws deep so that
at least one half of the surface area is covered.
F. WATERING:
1. Water to be provided at the site by the General Contractor. Watering of all
planted material to be the responsibility of the landscape contractor until
completion of all work and request of approval is submitted.
2. Water seedbed thoroughly and immediately after seeding, with a fine mist spray.
Water heavily once a week during dry weather until a thick cover of grass is
established.
02900-3 9154.1
SITE WORK DIVISION 2
G. MAINTENANCE:
1. Begin maintenance immediately after seeding and continue until acceptance of the
project. Maintain a healthy growing condition by watering and by any other
necessary operations of maintenance.
END OF SECTION
02900-4 9154.1
METALS DIVISION 5
SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 -GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work to be performed under this section consists of, but is not
limited to, the following:
a. Steel pipe railings.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. Section 02520 "Portland Cement Concrete Paving"
b. Section 02200 "Earthwork"
D. DEFINITIONS:
1. Definitions in ASTM E 985 for railing -related terms apply to this section.
E. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS:
1. Structural Performance of Handrails and Railing Systems: Design, engineer,
fabricate, and install handrails and railing systems to comply with requirements
of ASTM E 985 for structural performance based on testing performed in
accordance with ASTM E 894 and E 935.
F. SUBMITTALS:
1. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and
Division 1 Specification Sections.
05500-1 9154.1
METALS
DIVISION 5
a. Shop drawings detailing fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication
indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal
fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
(1) Where installed metal fabrications are indicated to comply with
certain design loadings, include structural computations, material
properties, and other information needed for structural analysis that
has been signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer
who was responsible for their preparation.
b. Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply
with requirements specified under "Quality Assurance" article.
G. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in successfully producing metal
fabrications similar to that indicated for this Project, with sufficient production
capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the Work.
2.Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS D 1.1
Structural Welding Code - Steel, D 1.3 Structural Welding Code - Sheet
Steel", and D1.2 "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum."
a. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests
for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone
recertification.
H. PROJECT CONDITIONS:
1. Field Measurements: Check actual locations of walls and other construction to
which metal fabrications must fit, by accurate field measurements before
fabrication; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate
fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
[1
A. FERROUS METALS: I
1. Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view upon
completion of the Work, provide materials selected for their surface flatness,
smoothness, and freedom from surface blemishes. Do not use materials whose
exposed surfaces exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names,
and roughness.
1
05500-2 9154.1 1
METALS DIVISION 5
2. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; Type E, standard weight (Schedule 40) finish as
follows:
a. Galvanized finish for exterior installations.
3. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select in accordance with AWS
specifications for the metal alloy to be welded.
B. GROUT:
1. Nonshrink Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory -packaged, nonstaining,
noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with CE CRD-C 621. Provide grout
specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications
of type specified in this section.
a. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated in the Work include but are not limited to the
following:
(1) "Euco N-S Grout"; Euclid Chemical Co.
(2) "Masterflow 713"; Master Builders.
(3) "Sonogrout"; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord
Chemical Products, Inc.
(4) "Five Star Grout"; U.S. Grout Corp.
C. PAINT:
1. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing welds
in galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by
weight and complying with DOD-P-21035 or SSPC-Paint-20.
D. FABRICATION:
1. Form metal fabrications from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated
but not less than that needed to comply with performance requirements indicated.
Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details
of fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified for
various components of each metal fabrication.
2. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and
straight sharp edges.
05500-3 9154.1
METALS DIVISION 5
LJ
3. Allow for thermal movement resulting from the following maximum change
(range) in ambient temperature in the design, fabrication, and installation of
installed metal assemblies to prevent buckling, opening up of joints, and
overstressing of welds and fasteners. Base design calculations on actual surface
temperatures of metals due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss.
a. Temperature Change (Range): 100 deg F (55.5 deg Q.
4. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs.
5. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise
indicated. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing
grain separation or otherwise impairing work.
6. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces.
7. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with AWS recommendations and
the following:
a. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength
and corrosion resistance of base metals.
b. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
C. Remove welding flux immediately.
d. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and
blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded
surface matches those adjacent.
8. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth. Locate joints
where least conspicuous.
9. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure.
Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for intended
use.
10. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to
minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for
shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value
of jointed pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.
11. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or
provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
F�
1
1
I']
[i
1]
I
1
I
I
I
05500-4 9154.1 1
1
METALS DIVISION 5
E. STEEL PIPE RAILINGS AND HANDRAILS:
1. General: Fabricate pipe railings and handrails to comply with requirements
indicated for design, dimensions, details, finish, and member sizes, including wall
thickness of pipe, post spacings, and anchorage, but not less than that required
to support structural loads.
2. Interconnect railing and handrail members by butt -welding or welding with
internal connectors, at fabricator's option, unless otherwise indicated.
a. At tee and cross intersections, notch ends of intersecting members to fit
contour of pipe to which end is jointed and weld all around.
3. Form changes in direction of railing members as follows:
a. By insertion of prefabricated elbow fittings.
b. By radius bends of radius indicated.
C. By mitering at elbow ends.
d. By bending.
e. By any method indicated above, applicable to change of direction
involved.
4. Form simple and compound curves by bending pipe in jigs to produce uniform
curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain cylindrical cross-
section of pipe throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or
otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of pipe.
5. Close exposed ends of pipe by welding 3/16 inch thick steel plate in place or by
use of prefabricated fittings.
6. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide end closures, flanges,
miscellaneous fittings, and anchors for interconnections of pipe and attachment
of railings and handrails to other work. Furnish inserts and other anchorage
devices for connecting railings and handrails to concrete or masonry work.
a. For railing posts set in concrete fabricate sleeves from steel pipe not less
than 12 inches long and with an inside diameter not less than 1/2 inch
greater than the outside diameter of post, with steel plate closure welded
to bottom of sleeve.
05500-5 9154.1
METALS
DIVISION 5
(1) Provide friction fit, removable covers designed to keep sleeves
clean and hold top edge of sleeve 1/2 inch below finished surface
of concrete.
7. For steel railings and handrails formed from steel pipe with galvanized finish,
provide galvanized fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other ferrous
components.
F. FINISHES, GENERAL:
1. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative
to application and designations of finishes.
2. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.
G. STEEL AND IRON FINISHES:
1. Galvanizing:
a. ASTM A 153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware.
b. ASTM A 123 for galvanizing both fabricated and unfabricated iron and
steel products made of uncoated rolled, pressed, and forged shapes, plates,
bars, and strip 0.0299 inch thick and heavier.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. PREPARATION:
1. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates,
instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, including concrete
inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having integral anchors
that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate
delivery of such items to project site.
2. Set sleeves in concrete with tops flush with finish surface elevations; protect
sleeves from water and concrete entry.
B. INSTALLATION, GENERAL:
1. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners
where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in -place
construction; include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle
bolts, through -bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors as required.
05500-6 9154.1
METALS DIVISION 5
2. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required
for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set metal fabrication
accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level,
plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.
3. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built
into concrete masonry or similar construction.
4. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld
connections that are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded
because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of
exterior units which have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication, and are
intended for bolted or screwed field connections.
5. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded
metal -arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, methods used in
correcting welding work, and the following:
a. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength
and corrosion resistance of base metals.
b. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
C. Remove welding flux immediately.
d. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and
blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded
surface matches those adjacent.
C.
INSTALLATION OF STEEL PIPE RAILINGS AND HANDRAILS:
1. Adjust railings prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints.
Space posts at spacing indicated, as required by design loadings. Plumb posts in
each direction.
a. Anchor posts in concrete by means of pipe sleeves preset and anchored
into concrete. After posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular
space between post and sleeve solid with grout, mixed and placed to
comply with manufacturer's directions.
(1) Leave anchorage joint exposed, wipe off surplus grout and leave
1/8 inch build-up, sloped away from post. For installations
exposed on exterior, or to flow of water, seal anchoring material
to comply with grout manufacturer's directions.
1 05500-7 9154.1
METALS DIVISION 5
Q
2. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints at locations indicated, or if not
indicated, at intervals not to exceed 40 feet. Provide slip joint with internal
sleeve extending 2 inches beyond joint on either side; fasten internal sleeve
securely to one side; locate joint within 6 inches of posts.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
1. Touch -Up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted
connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same
material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for
touch-up of field painted surfaces.
a. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0
mils.
2. For galvanized surfaces clean welds, bolted connections and abraded areas and
apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION
05500-8
9154.1
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16
SECTION 16010 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specifications sections apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Electrical Submittals
b. Coordination of Electrical Work
C. Electrical System Identification
d. Electrical Temporary Facilities
e. Excavating for Electrical Work
f. Painting for Electrical Work
g. Electrical Standards, Regulations and Symbols
h. Electrical System Performance
i. Electrical Close Out
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. SECTION 16050, BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
b. SECTION 16301, UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WORK
16010-1 9154.1
E.
F.
G.
I
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
C. SECTION 16425, PANELBOARDS
d. SECTION 16500, LIGHTING
DEFINITIONS: I
1. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, electrical and electronic terms used in the
Contract Documents shall be as defined in IEEE 100 - Dictionary of Electrical
and Electronics Terms.
SUBMITTALS: I
1. General: Refer to Division 1 for General Requirements concerning submittals.
The types and numbers of submittals required for the electrical work are specified
in each section of electrical work.
COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL WORK:
1. General: Refer to the division sections for general coordination requirements
applicable to the entire work. It is recognized that the contract documents are
diagrammatic in showing certain physical relationships which must be established
within the electrical work and in its interface with other work including utilities
and mechanical work and that such establishment is the exclusive responsibility
of the Contractor.
2. Product Handling: Space at the project for storage of materials and products is
limited. Coordinate the deliveries of electrical materials and products with the
Owner. In general, do not deliver individual items of electrical equipment to the
project substantially ahead of the time of installation. Limit each shipment of
bulk and multiple -use materials to the quantities needed for installations within
three (3) weeks of receipt.
3. Coordination of Options and Substitutions: Where the contract documents permit
the selection from several product options and where it become necessary to
authorize a substitution, do not proceed with purchasing until coordination of
interface requirements has been checked and satisfactorily established.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION: . I
1. Underground Cable Identification: Bury a continuous, pre-printed, bright -colored
plastic ribbon cable marker with all underground cables regardless of whether
conductors are in conduit. Locate each directly over cables, 6 inches to S inches
below finished grade.
16010-2 9154.1 1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
1
2. Cable/Conductor Identification: Provide standard cable/wire labels on each
conductor of primary electrical runs, at enclosures where conductors of more than
one circuit or system are present and interrupted. Mark to match contract
document numbering and other numbering as subsequently established.
Secondary branch wiring with color -coded conductors need not be labeled.
3. Identification Labels and Warning Signs: Provide engraved plastic -laminate or
baked enamel labels on major units of electrical equipment including panelboards,
contactors, disconnect switches, and similar systems. Label shall include
equipment identification mark and voltage characteristics and shall be melamine
plastic, 0.125-inch thick, white with black center core. Provide warning signs
where there is hazardous exposure or danger associated with access to or
operation of electrical facilities. Provide text of sufficient clarity and lettering of
sufficient size, minimum 0.25 inch nominal block style, to convey adequate
information at each location; mount permanently in an appropriate and effective
location.
H. EXCAVATING FOR ELECTRICAL WORK:
1. General: Refer to applicable provisions of Section 16301 for electrical work
excavating and backfilling. The work of this article is defined to include
whatever excavating and backfilling is necessary to install the electrical work.
Coordinate the work with other excavating and backfilling in the same area,
including dewatering, flood protection provisions and other temporary facilities.
Coordinate the work with other work in the same area, including other
underground services (existing and new), landscape development, paving and
floor slabs on grade. Coordinate with weather conditions and provide temporary
facilities needed for protection and proper performance of excavating and
backfilling.
2. Replacement of Other Work: Where it is necessary to remove and replace
landscape work, pavement, flooring and similar exposed finish work, engage the
original installer to install the replacement work; except where the work existed
prior to the work of this contract, engage only experienced and expert firms and
tradespersons to replace the work.
3. Existing Utilities: Locate and protect existing utilities and other underground
work in a manner which will ensure that no damage or service interruption will
result from excavating and backfilling.
4. Protect property from damage and persons from injury at excavations by using
forms, barricades, warnings and illumination.
I. PAINTING ELECTRICAL WORK:
1 16010-3 9154.1
J.
I
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
1
1. General: Electrical equipment shall have factory -applied painting systems which
shall meet the requirements of NEMA ICS 6. The work of this article shall
include general field painting of electrical work.
a. Coordinate the painting with the painting of other work of a similar nature
and comply with indicated color and color matching requirements. Except
as otherwise indicated, paint surfaces of electrical work which would
normally be painted in the application and exposure indicated.
2. Paint the following categories of electrical work which have not been fully
factory -finished, except paint over factory finish which is not an acceptable color:
a. Ferrous metal except stainless steel.
b. Galvanized metal surfaces.
C. Aluminum surfaces which have not been specifically anodized as a final
finish.
3. Do not paint over nameplates on equipment, sliding/rotating shaft surfaces, non-
ferrous hardware/accessories/trim and similar items where painting would
normally be omitted.
ELECTRICAL STANDARDS, REGULATIONS AND SYMBOLS:
1. General: Comply with requirements of Division 1 as applicable to electrical
work.
2. Non -Referenced Standards: Industry standards, recognized to have applicability
to building construction and the work of this project, are hereby defined to be a
requirement of electrical work.
3. Applicable provisions of the following codes and standards are hereby imposed
on a general basis for electrical work:
a. ANSI - National Electrical Safety Code
b. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
C. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society
d. IPCEA - Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association
e. NEC - National Electrical Code: NFPA 70
16010-4
9154.1 1
�1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
f. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association
g. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association
h. UL - Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
4. Electrical Symbols: Electrical contract drawings are diagrammatic and show
requirements by use of graphic symbols. In general, these are recognized
symbols of industry and engineering profession. Questions of meaning or intent
will be decided by Architect/Engineer.
a. Standard Symbols: Where not indicated, symbols used to show electrical
work are those of ANSI Y32.9 "Graphic Symbols for Electrical and
Layout Diagrams used in Architecture and Building Construction".
b. Listing of Symbols: Listing of specific graphic symbols used to show
electrical work on contract documents is shown on drawings.
K. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE:
1. General: The
overalls stem performances of electrical work are of even greater
Y
importance than the specified individual unit -of -work performances. Each unit
of electrical work has been designed and specified to perform at minimum levels
of output and efficiency and is intended to contribute to and be compatible with
the entire system. Compatibility of actual performances by electrical system
performances is the Contractor's responsibility.
2. Adjustments: Where it has been determined that electrical systems do not or will
not perform in compliance with the specified performances, adjustments or
corrections shall be made to the work as necessary to achieve required
performances.
L. ELECTRICAL WORK CLOSEOUT:
1. General: Refer to Division 1 for general closeout requirements. Maintain a daily
log of operational data on electrical equipment and systems through the closeout
period; record hours of operation, assigned personnel, power consumption and
similar information; submit copy to Owner.
2. Record Drawings: Maintain a blue -line set of electrical contract drawings and/or
shop drawings in clean, undamaged condition, for indication of major electrical
equipment or concealed lines located in position other than that shown on the
contract drawings. Mark-up whatever drawings are most capable of showing
installed conditions accurately. In general, record every substantive installation
of electrical work which previously is either not shown or shown inaccurately.
1 16010-5 9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
3. Instruction of Owner's Representative: In addition to specific training of Owner's
representative specified in individual sections of the specifications, instruct the
representative of the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of all
elements of the electrical systems. A competent representative of the Contractor
shall spend not less than one-half day in such formal instruction and shall spend
such additional time as directed by the Architect/Engineer to fully prepare the
Owner to operate and maintain the electrical systems.
4. System Tests: Tests shall be made on each component of each system for an
appropriate duration to demonstrate compliance with performance requirements.
Final corrections or adjustments to improve performances including noise and
vibration reductions, elimination of hazards, better response of controls and
signals and alarms shall be made as required. Measurements shall be recorded
as indicated in detailed sections of the specifications and in general shall include:
a. Current flowing in each phase and neutral conductor of each major branch
circuit at full load conditions.
b. Voltage levels, phase to phase and phase to neutral, of each major branch
circuit at no load and full load conditions.
5. Cleaning and Lubrication: After final testing of each electrical system, clean
system both externally and internally. Comply with manufacturer's instructions
for lubrication of both power and hand operated equipment. Touch-up minor
damage to factory -painted finishes.
6. Maintenance Manuals: Prepare maintenance manuals to include, as minimum,
the following information:
a. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations,
performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete
nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts.
b. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in,
and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control,
stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter
operating instructions.
C. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and
troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and
adjusting instructions.
d. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules.
16010-6 9154.1 1
L
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
a
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. GENERAL:
1. Except where more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with the product
manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, including handling,
anchorage, assembly, connection, cleaning, testing, charging, lubrication, start-
up, test operation and shut -down of operating equipment. Consult with
manufacturer's technical representatives for specific instructions on unique project
conditions.
B. ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN:
1. Verify final locations for rough -in with field measurements and with the
requirements of the tennis courts and fencing.
C. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION:
1. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of electrical systems,
materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements:
a. Coordinate connection of electrical systems with exterior underground and
overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing
regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies.
Provide required connection for each service.
b. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved
submittal data, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent
possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents,
recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic
form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system
requirements, refer conflict to the Architect.
END OF SECTION
1 16010-7 9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
SECTION 16050 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specification sections, apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Cable, Wiring and Connectors.
b. Electrical Raceways.
C. Electrical Boxes and Fittings.
d. Receptacles
e. Grounding Equipment.
C. RELATED WORK
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications: .
a. SECTION 16010, ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
b. SECTION 16301, UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WORK.
C. SECTION 16425, PANELBOARDS.
d. SECTION 16500, LIGHTING.
16050-1 9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
Q
E.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of their respective
product of types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory
use in similar service for not less than three (3) years.
2. Installer: A firm with at least three (3) years of successful installation experience
on projects with electrical installation work similar to that required for the work.
3. NEC Compliance: Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code" as
applicable to construction and installation of products required in this section.
4. UL and NEMA Compliance and Labeling: Provide products which have been
labeled by Underwriters Laboratories and have been certified to comply with UL
requirements:
SUBMITTALS:
1. General: Submit the following in accordance with conditions of the contract and
Division 1 requirements.
2. Product Data: Submit product data on the following products:
a. Cable, Wiring and Connectors.
b. Electrical Raceways.
C. Electrical Boxes and Fittings.
d. Receptacles
F. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
1. Cable, Wiring and Connectors:
a. Provide factory -wrapped waterproof flexible barrier material for covering
wire and cable on wood reels, where applicable; and weather resistant
fiberboard containers for factory -packaging of cable, wire and connectors,
to protect against physical damage in transit. Do not install damaged
cable, wire or connectors; remove from project site.
b. Store cable, wire and connectors in factory -installed coverings in a clean,
dry indoor space which provides protection against the weather.
16050-2 9154.1
1
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16
I
1
t
1
I
I
I
I
2. Electrical Raceways:
a. Provide color -coded end -cap thread protectors on exposed threads of
threaded metal conduit.
b. Handle conduit and tubing carefully to prevent bending and end -damage,
and to avoid scoring finish.
C. Store pipe and tubing inside and protect from weather. When necessary
to store outdoors, elevate well above grade and enclose with durable,
watertight wrapping.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. CABLE AND WIRE:
1. Provide factory -fabricated wire or cable of the size, rating, material and type as
indicated for each service in compliance with UL 83. Where not indicated,
provide proper selection as determined by the work requiring the installation to
comply with NEC standards. Conductors shall be rated 600 volt of insulation
type THW, THWN, THHN, or USE installed in compliance with National
Electrical Code requirements:
2. Provide bonding conductors for sizes No. 8 AWG and smaller of solid bare
copper per ASTM B 1, and for sizes No. 6 AWG and larger stranded bare copper
per ASTM B 8.
3. No. 10 AWG and smaller diameter shall be solid copper; No. 8 AWG and larger
diameter shall be stranded copper.
4. Provide color coding for service, feeder, branch, and control circuit conductors.
Color shall be green for grounding conductors and white for neutrals. Color of
ungrounded conductors in voltage systems shall be as follows:
a. 120/240 volt, 1-phase:
(1) Phase - black.
(2) Neutral - white.
B. CONNECTORS FOR CONDUCTORS:
1. Provide UL 486A, factory -fabricated, solderless, metal connectors of the size,
ampacity, rating, material, type and class as indicated for each service. Where
not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by the work requiring the
I
16050-3 9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
C.
I�
installation to comply with NEC standards. Provide insulating tape in compliance
with UL 510.
ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS:
1. Metal Conduit, Tubing and Fittings: Provide metal conduit, tubing and fittings 40
of type, grade, size and weight indicated for each service. Where type and grade
are not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by the work requiring
the installation to comply with NEC standards for wiring requirements.
a. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1, UL 6.
b. Intermediate Steel Conduit (Zinc Coated Steel): UL 1242.
-
Fittings: UL 514B
C. Rigid Metal Conduit g , cadmium- or zinc- coated
threaded type.
d. Liquid -Tight Flexible Metal Conduit: UL 360, provide liquid -tight
flexible metal conduit comprised of single strip, continuous, flexible,
interlocked, double -wrapped steel, galvanized inside and outside; forming
smooth internal wiring channel; with liquid -tight jacket of flexible
polyvinyl chloride.
e. Liquid -Tight Flexible Metal Conduit Fittings: FS W-F-406.
2. Nonmetallic Conduit, Ducts and Fittings: Provide nonmetallic conduit, ducts and
fittings of correct type, size and weight only where specifically indicated. Where
type and grade are not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by the
work requiring the installation to comply with NEC standards for electrical
raceways.
651, Schedule
a. PVC Conduit and Tubing Fittings: NEMA TC2 and UL
40 or 80 PVC.
b. Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT): NEMA TC13.
C. Underground PVC Plastic Utilities Duct: NEMA TC6.
JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES:
1. Junction Boxes and Pul
l Boxes: UL 50 for boxes over 100 cubic inches volume,
provide hot -dipped galvanized sheet steel with welded seams. Where necessary
to provide a rigid assembly, construct with internal structural steel bracing. Hot -
dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide boxes with screwed or bolted on covers
16050-4 9154.1 1
I
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
of material same as box and shall be of size and shape to suit application. Cover
shall be gasketed.
ELECTRICAL OUTLET BOXES AND FITTINGS:
1. Weatherproof Outlet Boxes: Provide corrosion -resistant cast metal weatherproof
outlet wiring boxes, of types, shapes and sizes, with threaded conduit ends, cast
metal face plates with spring -hinged waterproof caps suitably configured for each
application, including faceplate gaskets and corrosion -resistant fasteners.
WIRING DEVICES:
1. General: Provide factory -fabricated wiring devices, in types, colors and electrical
ratings for applications indicated and complying with NEMA Standards
Publication No. WI) 1. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide proper
selection as determined by installer to fulfill wiring requirements, and comply
with NEC and NEMA standards for wiring devices. Provide receptacles with
isolated ground where indicated.
2. Receptacles:
a. Ground Fault Receptacle: Provide ground fault protected duplex
receptacle, Harvey Hubbell, Inc. No. GF-53621; Leviton Cat. No. 6899-I;
Pass and Seymour Cat. No. 2091-FI; Bryant Catalog No. GFR53FT-I.
Provide with cast aluminum weatherproof cover.
3. Control Stations: Provide heavy-duty oil -tight control stations mounted in cast
back boxes with stainless steel engraved plates. Provide all key operated selector
switches and all key operated push button stations with common keys. Provide
NEMA 4 enclosures. Square D Class 9001, Allen Bradley Bulletin 800H,
General Electric Type CR104P.
ELECTRICAL GROUNDING AND BONDING EQUIPMENT:
1. General: UL 467. Provide grounding products of types indicated and of sizes
and ratings as required by NEC. Provide all material required including but not
necessarily limited to, cable/wire, connectors, terminals (solderless lugs),
grounding rods/electrodes, bonding jumper braid and other items and accessories
needed for a complete installation. Where more than one type meets indicated
requirements, selection is installer's option. Where materials or components are
not otherwise indicated, provide products complying with NEC, and established
industry standards.
2. Electrical Grounding Conductors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide electrical
grounding conductors for grounding connections matching power supply wiring
11
16050-5 9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
materials except bare or green insulation and sized according to NEC. Equipment
grounding conductors shall have green insulation. Solid conductors shall comply
with ASTM B 3, stranded conductors with ASTM B 8.
3. Provide 3/4-inch diameter x 10 feet, copper clad steel ground rods.
4. Grounding Connectors: Provide listed and labeled grounding connectors for the
required materials. Provide high -conductivity plated pressure connector units or
exothermic welded connections.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. INSPECTION:
1. Installer must examine areas and conditions under which products are to be
installed and notify Architect/Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental to
proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer.
B. INSTALLATION:
1. Install products where indicated, and complying with applicable NEC installation
requirements and National Electrical Contractors Association's "Standard of
Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that
products comply with requirements and intended purposes.
C. CABLE, WIRE AND CONNECTORS:
1. Provide insulated conductors installed in conduit, except where specifically
indicated or specified otherwise or required by NEC to be installed otherwise.
Provide insulated equipment grounding conductor in feeder and branch circuits,
including lighting circuits. Grounding conductor shall be separate from electrical
system neutral conductor.
2. Coordinate cable and wire installation with electrical raceway and equipment
installation. Conductor sizes indicated are copper. Pull conductors together
where more than one is being installed. Use pulling means and lubricant that will
not damage conductor or raceway. Use splice and tap connectors which are
compatible with conductor material, and only in accessible junction, pull or outlet
boxes.
3. Install splice and tap connectors which possess equivalent or better mechanical
strength and insulation rating than conductors being spliced. Use splice and tap
connectors which are compatible with conductor material.
16050-6 9154.1 1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
4. Provide adequate length of conductors within electrical enclosures and train the
conductors to terminal points with no excess. Bundle multiple conductors, with
conductors larger than No. 10 AWG cabled in individual circuits. Make
terminations so there is no bare conductor at the terminal.
5. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in
accordance with manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Where
manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and
terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL 486A.
ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS:
1. Provide with complete electrical raceway system before installing conductors
within raceways. Provide support as required by NEC but within 1 foot of a
change in direction or connection to an enclosure, cover ends of empty conduit
to prevent entry of debris during rough -in, provide bonding type locknuts at
boxes. Conceal conduit, unless indicated otherwise within finished walls, ceilings
and floors. Run exposed conduits parallel or perpendicular to the building
structure, close to the ceiling or beams.
2. Use the following wiring methods:
a. Outdoors:
Intermediate metal conduit
Rigid metal conduit
Liquid -tight flexible metal conduit
3. Make bends and offsets so the inside diameter is not effectively reduced. Unless
otherwise indicated, keep the legs of a bend in the same plane and the straight
legs of offsets parallel.
4. Use raceway fittings that are of types compatible with the associated raceway and
suitable for the use and location. For intermediate steel conduit, use threaded
rigid steel conduit fittings except as otherwise indicated.
ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS:
1. Provide weatherproof outlet boxes for exterior locations exposed to moisture.
Sizes shall be adequate to meet NEC volume requirements, but not smaller than
sizes indicated. Remove knockouts only as required and plug unused openings.
2. Fasten boxes rigidly to substrate or structural surfaces to which they are to be
mounted, or solidly embed electrical boxes in concrete or masonry.
16050-7 9154.1
F.
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
ELECTRICAL GROUNDING EQUIPMENT:
1. Install electrical grounding systems where shown, in accordance with applicable
portions of National Electrical Code, with National Electrical Contractors
Association's "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized,
industry practices to ensure that products comply with requirements and serve
intended functions.
2. Provide separate grounding conductor with wiring in all raceways.
3. Coordinate with other electrical work as necessary to interface installation of
electrical grounding system with other work.
4. Use exothermic welds or compression type connections for connections to ground
rods; Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations. Welds that are
puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not
acceptable. Coat underground connections with asphaltic paint.
5. Provide insulated copper ground conductors, sized as indicated, in conduit from
the main service equipment, or the ground bus, to driven ground rod.
6. Install clamp -on connectors only on thoroughly cleaned metal contact surfaces,
to ensure electrical conductivity and circuit integrity.
7. Locate ground rods a minimum of one -rod length from each other and at least the
same distance from any other grounding electrode. Interconnect ground rods with
bare conductors buried at least 24 inches below grade. Drive rods until tops are
6 inches below finished floor or final grade except as otherwise indicated.
END OF SECTION
I
[i
11"
16050-8 9154.1
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16
SECTION 16301 - UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WORK
PART J - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specifications sections apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Underground electrical work and cable terminations.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. SECTION 16010, ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
b. SECTION 16050, BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS.
C. SECTION 16425, PANELBOARDS.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of their respective
products of types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory
use in similar service for not less than five (5) years.
2. UL and NEMA Compliance and Labeling: Provide products which have been
labeled by Underwriters' Laboratories and have been certified to comply with UL
and NEMA requirements.
E. SUBMITTALS:
1. Product Data:
16301-1 9154.1
I
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
a. Conduit.
b. Cable.
2. Maintenance data products for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance manual
specified in Division 1.
F. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
1. Deliver equipment individually wrapped in factory -fabricated fiberboard type
containers.
2. Store in clean dry space. Protect units from dirt, fumes, water, construction
debris and traffic.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. CABLE AND CONDUCTORS:
1. General: Wire and cable conductor sizes are designed by American Wire Gauge
(AWG) and Thousands of Circular Mils (MCM). Conductor and conduit sizes
indicated are for copper conductors. Insulated conductors shall bear the date of
manufacture imprinted on the wire insulation with other identification. Wire and
cable manufactured more than 24 months before delivery to the job site shall not
be used.
2. Branch circuit conductors rated 600 volts and less shall conform to UL 854, Type
USE. Conductor size and number of conductors in each cable shall be as
indicated. Cable shall be color coded. Conductor identification shall be provided
within each enclosure where a tap, splice, or termination is made. Conductor
identification shall be by color -coded insulated conductors, plastic -coated self -
sticking printed markers, colored nylon cable ties and plates, or heat shrink type
sleeves.
3. Pull Wire: Shall be plastic, having a minimum tensile strength of 200 pounds.
4. Connectors and Terminals: Shall be designed and approved for use with the
associated conductor material, and shall provide a uniform compression over the
entire contact surface. Solderless terminal lugs shall be used on stranded
conductors.
5. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL 467. Ground rods shall be copperweld
type copper clad steel with diameter adequate to permit driving to full length of
the rod, but not less than 3/4-inch in diameter and 10 feet long unless otherwise
indicated.
16301-2 9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. INSPECTION:
1. Installer must examine areas and conditions under which products are to be
installed, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper
completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer.
B. INSTALLATION:
1. Underground installation shall conform to ANSI C2 and NFPA 70 except as
otherwise specified or indicated.
C. CABLE INSTALLATION:
1. Test existing ducts with a mandrel and thoroughly swab out to remove foreign
material before the pulling of cables. Cable lubricants shall be lubricants
specifically recommended by the cable manufacturer. Cable -pulling tensions shall
not exceed the maximum pulling tension recommended by the cable manufacturer.
Do not exceed the specified cable bending radii when installing cable under any
conditions, including turnups into panelboards and lighting standards.
D. EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING:
1. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of whatever
substances encountered, to the depths indicated on the drawings or as required by
NEC. During excavation, material suitable for backfilling shall be piled in an
orderly manner a sufficient distance from the banks of the trench to avoid
overloading and to prevent slides or cave-ins. All excavated materials not
required or suitable for backfill shall be removed and wasted as directed by the
Owner. Such grading shall be done as may be necessary to prevent surface water
from flowing into trenches or other excavations, and any water accumulating
therein shall be removed by pumping or by other approved method. Such
sheeting and shoring shall be done as may be necessary for the protection of the
work and for the safety of personnel. Unless otherwise indicated, excavation
shall be by open cut except that short sections of a trench may be tunneled if, in
the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, the duct can be safely and properly
installed and backfill can be properly tamped in such tunnel sections.
2. Trench Excavations: Trenches shall be of necessary width for the proper laying
of the conduit or duct, and the banks shall be as nearly vertical as practicable.
The bottom of the trenches shall be accurately graded to provide uniform bearing
and support for each section of the duct on undisturbed soil at every point along
its entire length. Except where rock is encountered, care shall be taken not to
1 16301-3 9154.1
E.
F.
G.
H.
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
excavate below the depths indicated. Where rock excavations are required, the
rock shall be excavated to a minimum overdepth of 4 inches below the trench
depths indicated on the drawings or specified. Over -depths in the rock excavation
and authorized overdepths shall be backfilled with loose, granular, moist earth,
thoroughly tamped.
BACKFILLING TRENCHES:
1. Place backfill in layers not more than 6 inches thick, and compact each layer.
Backfilling shall progress as rapidly as the construction, testing, and acceptance
off the work permits. Backfill shall be free from roots, wood scrap material, and
other vegetable matter and refuse. Compaction of backfill shall be to 80 percent
of ASTM D 698 density. The first layer shall be earth or sand, free from v
particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve and extending not less than
3 inches above the top of the conduit or cables. The succeeding layers shall be
excavated material having stones no larger than would pass through a 4-inch ring.
The backfill may be moistened. The backfill shall be level with the adjacent
surface, except that in sodded areas, leave a space equal to the thickness of the
sod.
CABLE TERMINATING:
1. Protect terminations of insulated power cables from accidental contact,
deterioration of coverings, and moisture by the use of terminating devices and
materials. Make terminations by using materials and methods indicated or
specified herein or as designated by the written instruction of the .cable
manufacturer and termination kit manufacturer.
GROUNDING:
1. Noncurrent -carrying metallic parts associated with high -voltage electrical
equipment shall have a maximum resistance to solid earth ground not exceeding
10 ohms.
2. Grounding conductors shall be stranded -bare copper conforming to ASTM B 8,
Class B, for sizes No. 6 AWG and larger, and shall be solid -bare copper
conforming to ASTM B 1 for sizes No. 8 and smaller. Conduit and equipment
shall be grounded with No. 6 AWG.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: I
1. Furnish labor, equipment, and incidentals required for testing. Correct defects
in the work provided by the Contractor and repeat tests until the work is in
compliance with contract requirements. Show by demonstration in service that
16301-4 9154.1 1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
1
circuits and devices are in good operating condition. Tests shall be such that each
item of control equipment will function not less than five times.
2. Distribution Conductors 600-Volt Class: After wiring is completed and connected
ready for operation, but prior to placing systems in service and before any branch
circuit breakers are closed, perform insulation resistance tests in all circuits.
Measure the insulation resistance between conductors and between each conductor
and ground. Use an instrument capable of making measurements at an applied
potential of 500 volts. Take readings after the voltage has been applied for a
minimum of 1 minute. A resistance based on the allowable ampacity of the
conductor as fixed by NFPA 70 shall be as follows:
Amperes Ohms
25 through 50 .................... 250 000
51 through 100 .................... 100 000
101 through 200 .................... 50 000
201 through 400 ..................... 25 000
401 through 800 ..................... 12 000
T Over 800 5 000
t
END OF SECTION
16301-5 9154.1
i
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16
SECTION 16425 - PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specifications sections apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Panelboards.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. SECTION 16010, ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
b. SECTION 16301, UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WORK.
C. SECTION 16050, BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of their respective
products of types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory
use in similar service for not less than five (5) years.
2. UL and NEMA Compliance and Labeling: Provide products which have been
labeled by Underwriters' Laboratories and have been certified to comply with UL
and NEMA requirements.
E. SUBMITTALS:
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on the following products:
16425-1 9154.1
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16
a. Panelboards.
b. Circuit Breakers.
2. Submittals shall include, but not be limited to the following:
a. Nameplate legends.
b. Size, number, and current rating of bus bars.
C. Short-circuit ratings of equipment components and whole assembly.
F. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
1. Deliver equipment individually wrapped in factory -fabricated fiberboard type
containers.
2. Store in clean dry spaces so condensation will not form. Protect units from dirt,
fumes, water, construction debris and traffic.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
a. Square D Co.
b. Westinghouse Electrical Corp.
C. General Electric Co.
d. Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc.
B. PANELBOARDS:
1. General: UL 67 and UL 50, panelboards required to be labeled "Suitable for
Service Entrance Equipment" shall also conform to UL 869. Except as otherwise
indicated, provide circuit breaker equipped panelboards, enclosures and auxiliary
components of types, sizes, and ratings indicated. Where types, sizes, or ratings
are not otherwise indicated, comply with NEC and established industry standards
for applications indicated. Where "space only" is indicated, provide provisions
for future installation of breakers sized as indicated.
16425-2 9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
2. Panelboard Distribution Branch -Circuit Panelboards: Provide dead -front safety
type power distribution panelboards as indicated, with switching and protection
devices in quantities, ratings, types, and arrangement shown; with anti -turn
solderless pressure type lug connections approved for copper conductors. Provide
panelboards with copper bus bars, full sized neutral with suitable lugs for each
outgoing branch circuit required. Breakers provided to feed lighting fixture
branch circuits shall be bolt -on type UL listed for switching duty rated for high
intensity discharge lamps. Provide isolated neutral bus and uninsulated ground
bar suitable for bolting to enclosures per UL 67, 120/240 volt, 1-phase, 3-wire.
3. Panelboard Enclosures: Coordinate enclosure with enclosure provided to house
lighting control equipment.
4. Circuit Breakers: UL 489 and NEMA AB1. Provide quick -make, quick -break,
bolt -on, thermal magnetic type having a minimum short-circuit rating equal to the
short-circuit current rating of the panelboard in which the circuit breaker will be
mounted. Provide multi -pole breakers with single operating handle so that an
overload in one pole automatically causes all poles to open.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. INSPECTION:
1. Installer must examine areas and conditions under which products are to be
installed, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper
completion of the work. Do no proceed with the work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer.
B. INSTALLATION OF PANELBOARDS:
1. Install panelboards and enclosures as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC standards and NEMA PB
1. 1, It Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of
Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less," and in compliance with recognized
industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements.
2. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with
equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment
connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated,
tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in
UL Stds 486A.
3. Fill out panelboard's circuit directory card with typed print upon completion of
installation work.
1
1 16425-3 9154.1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
C. ADJUST AND CLEAN:
1. Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. Clean interior and
exterior using manufacturer's approved methods and materials.
2. Touch-up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish.
D. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
1. Prior to energization of equipment, meter check phase -to -phase and phase -to -
ground insulation for proper resistance levels. Insulation resistance less than 100
MEG OHMS is not acceptable.
2. Prior to energization of circuitry, check electrical circuits for continuity and for
short-circuits. Provide ratio and polarity tests on current and voltage
transformers.
3. Subsequent to wire and cable hook-ups, energize and demonstrate functioning in
accordance with requirements.
END OF SECTION
16425-4 9154.1
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16
SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. CONDITIONS:
1. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 specifications sections apply to work
of this section.
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1. The work to be performed under this section of the specifications comprises the
furnishing of all labor and materials and the completion of all work of this section
as shown on the drawings and/or herein specified.
2. In general, the work included under this section consists of, but is not limited to,
the following:
a. Sports lighting.
b. Lighting controls.
C. Area lighting.
C. RELATED WORK:
1. In general, the following related work is included in other sections of the
specifications:
a. SECTION 16010, ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
b. SECTION 16050, BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS.
C. SECTION 16301, UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL WORK.
D. QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of their respective
products of types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory
use in similar service for not less than three (3) years.
2. Installer: A firm with at least three (3) years of successful installation experience
on projects with electrical installation work similar to that required for the work.
16500-1 9154.1
E.
F.
G
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
3. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Stds.
PublNo.'s LE 1 and LE 2 pertaining to lighting equipment.
4. UL Compliance: Comply with UL standards, including UL 486A and B,
pertaining to lighting fixtures. Provide lighting fixtures and components which
are UL-listed and labeled. Provide exterior fixtures with "Suitable for Wet
Location" label.
5. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 78,
"Lighting Protection Code, " pertaining to installation of exterior lighting fixtures.
SUBMITTALS:
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions
on each type lighting fixture and component.
2. Shop Drawings: Submit fixture shop drawings where specifically indicated in
booklet form with separate sheet for each lighting fixture assembly.
3. Sport Illumination Data: Provide isofootcandle (isolux) plot diagrams of
footcandles on the horizontal playing fields which show composite values of
illuminance projected from the arrangement of light sources from indicated fixture
locations and heights. Show on the graphic plots the locations, spacings and
heights of luminaires and maximum -minimum ratios for sports lighting.
4. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each lighting
fixture and accessory; including "trouble -shooting" maintenance guide. Include
that data, product data, and shop drawings in a maintenance manual; in
accordance with general requirements of Division 1.
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
1. All Lighting Fixtures:
a. Deliver individually wrapped in factory -fabricated fiberboard type
containers.
b. Handle carefully to prevent damage. Damaged fixtures are not to be
installed. Replace and return damaged units to equipment manufacturer.
C. Store fixtures in a clean, dry space. Store in original cartons and protect
from dirt and debris, physical damage, weather and construction traffic.
EXTRA MATERIALS:
1
16500-2
9154.1 1
I
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
A
Ll
1
n
$,I
I
I
rj
1
u
1. Furnish stock or replacement lamps amounting to 5 percent of each type
and size of metal halide lamp used. Deliver replacement stock as directed
to Owner's storage space, and obtain receipt.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. LIGHTING FIXTURES:
1. Provide lighting fixtures of sizes, types, and ratings indicated; complete with, but
not limited to, housings, lamps, lampholders, reflectors, ballasts, starters,
supports and wiring. Ship fixtures factory -assembled, with those components
required for a complete installation. Design fixtures with concealed hinges and
catches, with metal parts grounded as common unit.
2. Wiring: Provide electrical wiring within fixture suitable for connecting to branch
circuit.
3. High -Intensity -Discharge Lamp Ballasts: UL 1029 and ANSI C82.4. Provide
HID lamp ballasts, capable of operating lamp types with ratings indicated; remote
located, reactor type, high power -factor, core and coil assembly encapsulated in
non -melt resin; install capacitor outside ballast encapsulation for easy field
replacement.
4. Lamps: Provide 1000 watt clear/phosphor coated metal halide lamps in storts
lighting fixtures and 250 watt high pressure sodium. All HID lamps shall be
from the same manufacturer's lot.
5. Sports Lighting:
a. General: Fixtures must comply with minimum requirements as stated
herein. Review fixture installation condition including poles and standards
for compatibility.
TYPE DESCRIPTION
A/1-1000 Metal halide fixture, pole mounted sports lighting floodlight, one 1000
watt lamp, 240 volts, 1/8" thick thermal shock impact -resistant tempered
glass lens with gasket, stainless steel lens band and corrosion -resistant
latching, spun aluminum parabolic reflector with glare and spill reduction
shields and charcoal filter breather, integral or remote mounted ballast
with double fuses, integral aiming latch, NEMA beam type as indicated
on plans or as approved. Complete unit shall be UL listed and labeled
"Suitable for Outdoor Wet Location Applications". Qualite Catalog No.
PS-STD-HO-1000W, or Hubbell Catalog No. SLG-1000H-1X5-F2-CBF.
t
16500-3 9154.1
I
0
C.
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
6. Area Lighting Fixtures:
a. General: Fixtures must comply with minimum requirements as stated
herein. Review fixture installation condition including poles and standards
for compatibility.
TYPE DESCRIPTION
B/1-250 High pressure sodium fixture, pole mounted rectangular cutoff, one 250
watt lamp, 240 volts, impact resistant glass lens, rectangular housing,
medium bronze finish, 20 foot square straight pole, 10-inch mounting
arm, IES type III medium cutoff distribution, UL Listed and Labeled for
wet locations, Hubbell Catalog No. RCS-0250S-1P8-1 Fixture, SSP-420-6-
A-2-M51-M20 Pole.
SPORTS LIGHTING STANDARDS/POLES:
1. General: Provide standards/poles of sizes, types and ratings indicated, complete
with, but not limited to, poles/standards, brackets, crossarms, mast arms, and
other components which with exterior lighting fixture will form a complete area
lighting system.
2. Metal Poles: Provide galvanized steel, tapered tubular seamless shaft poles, of
sizes and types indicated, with 1/4-inch bearing plates for direct burial mounting.
Provide pole with adequate sized reinforced handhole complete with matching
cover, 18 inches above grade level. Weld 1/2-inch grounding nut on shaft with
accessibility from handhole. Design poles to withstand loads developed by 100
mph wind pressure, as adjusted for height above ground level, structural shapes
and cable/wire loading. Provide accessories for metal poles, including crossarms,
bolts, lifting eyes, and nuts as recommended by pole manufacturer, of sizes and
materials needed to meet erection and loading application requirements.
3. Metal crossarms for sports lighting shall be fabricated of 3-inch x 2-inch x 1/8-
inch tubular steel, hot dip galvanized, secured to pole with corrosion resistant
bracket.
CONTACTORS: I
1. Lighting Contactor: Lighting contactors, shall be electrically held, 30 ampere,
2 or 4 pole, 240 volt contacts in NEMA 3R enclosure, Square D Company type
S.
16500-4
9154.1 1
F1
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16
� F
ENCLOSURE:
1. UL 50 Type 3R. Provide NEMA 3R weatherproof enclosure manufactured of 16
gauge G-90 grade galvanized steel. Provide cover with galvanized steel
continuous hinge with stainless steel pin and hasp and staple for padlocking.
Provide aluminum panel in the back of enclosure for mounting equipment.
Hoffman Catalog No. A-36R3612HCR/A-36P36, or equal.
PHOTO CONTROLS:
1. UL 773 or UL 773A. Provide hermetically sealed cadmium -sulfide cell rated 277
volts a.c., 60 Hz with single -throw contacts or single pole double -throw (SPDT)
contacts for control of mechanically held contactors. Mount switch in a cast
weatherproof aluminum housing with swivel arm. The switch shall turn on below
3 footcandles and off at 3 to 10 footcandles. A time delay shall prevent
accidental switching from transient light sources. Mount a directional lens in
front of the cell to prevent fixed light sources from creating a turnoff condition.
Aim switch according to manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide lighting control
equipment of one of the following:
a. Fisher -Pierce Company.
b. Ripley Company, Inc.
C. Wide-Lite Corporation.
TIME CONTROLLED SWITCHES:
1. Provide electrically operated time controlled momentary contact switches with 24-
hour dials capable of periodically and automatically switching mechanically held
or electrically held contactors ON and OFF. Select switches which permit
selection of from 1 to 7 ON -OFF operations each day; 4 second ON pulse; 4
second OFF pulse; with coil ratings of 120 volts, 60 Hz, and with SPDT switch.
Provide timing switch with manual circuit by-pass switch, 10 hour reserve power,
and separate grounding terminal. Finish enclosure with manufacturer's standard
gray finish.
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements provide switches of one
of the following:
a. General Electric.
b. Intermatic.
16500-5
9154.1
ELECTRICAL
DIVISION 16 '
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A.
C0
INSPECTION:
1. Installer must examine areas and conditions under which lighting fixtures and
controls are to be installed and must notify Contractor in writing of those
conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with
work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES:
1. General: Install lighting fixtures of types indicated, where shown and at indicated
heights, in accordance with lighting fixture manufacturer's written instructions
and with recognized industry practices. Comply with NEMA standards and
requirements of National Electrical Code pertaining to installation of lighting
fixtures and with applicable portions of NECA's "Standards of Installation".
INSTALLATION OF POLES AND STANDARDS:
1. Install sports lighting units complete with poles/standards and products as
indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable
requirements of NEC, NESC and NEMA standards, and with recognized industry
practices to ensure that roadway and parking area lighting equipment fulfill
requirements.
2. Adjust poles as necessary to provide a permanent plumb vertical position with the
bracket arm in proper position for luminaire location. After installation, touch
up pole finish with paint suitable material furnished by pole manufacturer.
3. Direct Burial Pole Setting: Where poles and standards are indicated to be
embedded in soil, set to depth required for adequate structural support, in general
10 percent of overall pole length plus 2 feet, but not less than minimum 5'-6'
below finish grade. Poles in straight runs shall be in a straight line. Dig holes
large enough to permit the proper use of tampers to the full depth of the hole.
Place backfill in the hole in 6-inch maximum layers and thoroughly tamp. Place
surplus earth around the pole in a conical shape and pack tightly to drain water
away. Install pole on 6 inches of crushed rock. Backfill poles with crushed
limestone placed from the bottom of the hole to 18-inches below the top of the
hole. Place rock in 6-inch layers and thoroughly tamp.
SPORTS LIGHTING PERFORMANCE:
1. Lighting fixtures shall be operated for 12 hours continuously before tests are
conducted.
1
I
16500-6 9154.1 1
ELECTRICAL DIVISION 16
2. Tennis Courts: Provide installation to provide a maintained average horizontal
footcandle level of 20 footcandles, utilizing a light loss factor of .8. The
uniformity ratio of maximum to minimum footcandles of 3:1. Horizontal test
readings shall be made 36" above playing surface.
E. ADJUST AND CLEAN:
1. Clean lighting fixtures of dirt and debris upon completion of installation. Protect
installed fixtures from damage during remainder of construction period.
2. Do not install interior fixture lens until construction is complete or protect lens
from accumulation of dust and debris.
F. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
1. Test all lighting fixtures for compliance with intended purpose. Correct
malfunctioning or noisy units, then retest to demonstrate compliance.
2. At date of substantial completion, replace all lamps which are observed to be
noticeably dimmed as judged by the Architect/Engineer.
3. Aim adjustable lighting fixtures and lamps in night test of system. Aim fixtures
and lamps so that resultant illuminance values comply with isolux plot diagram
values or for even illumination.
4. Provide tests of sports lighting installation in a grid of 20'x 20' for the softball
field.
G. GROUNDING:
1. Provide tight equipment grounding connections to comply with tightening torques
specified in UL 486A for each lighting fixture.
2. Provide one ground rod per pole or standard approximately 3'-0" from base a
minimum of 1 foot below grade. Bond pole and lightning protection equipment
to the ground rod.
END OF SECTION
16500-7 9154.1
�164